Earthscience Summer2000,2001 Writers Bryanfranke Scott Murphy Markredlein

BAYPORT-BLUEPOINTUNIONFREESCHOOLDISTRICT BAYPORT,NEWYORK

Boardof Education JamesS.March President CarolA.Cinelli VicePresident LisaM.BeIz VirginiaE.Briefs LeonardCamarda LauraJankowski AndreaM.O’Neill DeborahPfeiffer Andrew1.Wittman,Jr. Superintendentof Schools RichardW.Curtis AssistantSuperintendentfor Curriculum,Instruction, and GeneralAdministration JoanE.Grazda AssistantSuperintendentfor Business DorleeseJ.Stewart

EarthScience Summer2000,2001 Writers BryanFranke Scott Murphy MarkRedlein

Adopted2001-2002 S1!1m.ME

The PhysicalSetting, Earth ScienceCurriculumemphasizesthe developmentof scientific skills, inquiryandtheories pertainingto the worldandthe historicaldevelopmentof the Earth Sciences. Studentswill directly test hypothesisandfind the best solutions possible.Thiswill be doneusingmath,scienceandtechnologyto understandthe relationshipsbetween, 1. Earth andthe CelestialPhenomena 2. Interactions of Air, Water andLand 3. PhysicalPropertiesof Earth & Space 4. Conservationof EnergyandForm 5. Interaction of EnergyandMatter Studentswill beusingtechnologythroughoutthe curriculumto retrieve, processandtransfer information. BAYPORT-BLUEPOINTUNIONFREESCHOOLDISTRICT BAYPORT,NEWYORK

Earth Science

Tableof Contents

A. June 14, 2001 — RegentsExam EarthScienceReferenceTables

B. Observation and Measurements .Measureme .Density= mass/volume .Measurementlab .Measuringliquidvolume

C. ChangingEnvironment Canyou measurechange? .Graphingin MicrosoftExcel GraphInterpretation

D. MeasuringEarth .EarthScienceStandard— paragraphtiC .Astrolabe .Locatingpatternsof earthquakeandvolcanodistribution (Longitudeand Latitude) .TheEarth’sChangeSurface

E. The Universe .EarthScienceStandards— paragraphs1.2a,1.2b,1.2c,1.2d,4.Kll .Space Astronomy .Astronomy— The DopplerAffect .PlantHunt .SmallBodiesof Space .LifeCycleof a Star

F. Earth Motions .EarthScienceStandards—paragraphsi.ia, 1.lb, lAd, l.le, l.lf, 1.lg, l.lh .MoonDiscovery .MoonPhases .TheMoon’sAffecton Tides .TheMoon .DiurnalMotionsof the Sun F. EarthMotions(cont) .Analysisof HighNoonObservations .SolarDiameter .Characteristicsof EllipticalOrbits .Earth’sRevolution .StarTrailsfrom a RotatingEarth .TheConchsEffect .WhyToilet BowlWaterTwirlsClockwise .Kepler’sSecondLawin Action .EveningSkies .HowDoesthe EarthActuallyRevolve

G. Insolationand Seasons EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.2a .lnteractionof Energyandthe Environment .ElectromagneticEnergyfromthe Sun .LatentHeatCalculations .Absorptionand Radiationof Energy .Absorptionand Radiationby SoilandWater

H. Energy in Earth Processes .EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.2b .Energyon the Move:Convection .Energyon the Move:Conduction .Earth’sHeatLossand Gain .Absorptionand Radiationof Energy

Energyandthe Atmosphere .EarthScienceStandards—paragraph1.2e,2.la, 2.lb, 2.lc, 2.ld, 2.le, 2.lf, 2.lg, 2.lh .HowDoesWaterAffecttheAtmosphere .TheBasicsof Weather .WindPatternsMapping .lsothermMapping .BarometricPressureMapping .PrecipitationPatterns .WeatherMapping .Let’sMakeClouds .Air Masses .MajorAir Circulation .RainShadows .WeatherStations .RelativeHumidityand DewPoint .DailyWeather .SevereStorms Hurricanes J. Weatheringand Erosion EarthScienceStandard— paragraph1.2g,2.ls, 2.lt, 2.lu .Howdoesone knowthat a rockhasbeeneroded? .MeasuringSoil’sPermeabilityRate .Whatis Porosity? .LongIsland— OurWater .Chemicaland PhysicalWeathering .StreamAbrasionLab CoastalProcessesIntroduction CoastalProcessesI CoastalProcessesII

K. Deposition EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.lv Weathering,Erosion,Deposition .Whatfactorsaffectthe speedandcarryingpowerof a stream? .Depositionand SettlingRates .TheErosion— DepositionSystem

L. Water, Energy and Climate EarthScienceStandard—paragraph1.li, 1.2f,2.2d,2.2c,2.li .Climatology:The Studyof Climate .Climate .SurfaceCurrentsof the Ocean .TemperatureEffectsand SurfaceWaves

M. Rock Formation .EarthScienceStandard— paragraph3.la, 3.lb, 3.lc, 2.1w .Moh’sHardnessScaleand Streak Rocks of Fire .lgneousRx .SedimentaryRocksand Roll •Metamorphism •Bea RockHound

N. DynamicCrust .EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.lp, 2.lj, 2.1k,2.11,2.lm, 2•ln .Volcanoes .DeterminingHowFastSomeCrustalPlatesMove •Earthquake .TheShadowZone .EarthquakeInformation .Typesof Faults 0. GeologicHistory .EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.lo, 1.2h,1.2i,1.2j .Unconformities .SimulatingHalf-Life .Walkingthe Outcrop

P. Landscape EarthScienceStandard— paragraph2.lr, 2.lg .Constructinga TopographicMap .GlacialGeology .NewYork IceSheets .TopographicalFeaturesand GlacialDeposition .FeaturesLeft Behindby RecedingGlaciers .GlacialMovement .LongIslandGeology

8/01 The University of the State of New York

REGENTS HIGH SCHOOL EXAMINATION

PHYSICALSETTING EARTHSCIENCE

Thursday, June 14,2001— 9:15 a.m. to 12:15p.m., only

The answer sheet for Part A and Part B—i is the last page of this examination booklet. Turn to the last page and fold it along the perforations. Then, slowly and carefully, tear off the answer sheet and fill in the heading.

The answer booklet for Part B—2and Part C is stapled in the center of this examination booklet. Open the examination booklet, carefully remove the answer booklet, and close the examination booklet. Then fill in the heading of your answer booklet.

You are to answer all questions in all parts of this examination according to the directions provided in the examination booklet. Record your answers to the Part A and Part B—i multiple-choice quesliotis on your separate answer sheet. Write your answers to the Part B—2and Part C questions in your answer booklet. All work should be written in pen, except for graphs and drawings, which should be done in pencil. You may use scrap paper to work out the answers to the questions, but be sure to record all your answers on the answer sheet and in the answer booklet.

The Earth Science Reference Tables, which you may need to answer some questions in this examination, are supplied separately. Be certain you have a copy of the 2001 edition of these reference tables before you begin the examination.

When you have completed the examination, you must sign the statement printed at the end of your separate answer sheet, indicating that you had no unlawful knowledge of the questions or answers prior to the examination and that you have neither given nor received assistance in answering any of the questions during the examination. Your answer sheet and answer booklet cannot be accepted if you fail to sign this declaration.

DO NOT OPEN THIS EXAMINATION BOOKLET UNTIL THE SIGNAL IS GIVEN. Part A Answer all questions in this part.

Directions (1—35):For each statement or question, write on the separate answer sheet the number of the word or expression that, of those given, best completes the statement or answers the question. Some questions may require the use of the Earth Science Reference Tables.

1 The diagram below shows the Moon in different positions as it revolves around Earth, as observed from above the North Pole (NP).,

Ci Sun’srays

60 08

Which image correctly represents the Moon at position 8, as observed from Earth?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

2 The Sun’s position in space is best described as 3 Compared to Pluto, Mercury moves more the approximate center of rapidly in its orbit because Mercury (1) a constellation (1) is larger (2) the universe (2) is more dense (3) the MilkyWay galaxy (3) is closer to the Sun (4) our solar system (4) has a more elliptical orbit

P.S./E.Sci.—June‘01 [2] 4 The diagram below represents two planets in our 8 The passage of the Moon into Earth’s shadow solar system drawn to scale, Jupiter and planet A. causes a (1) lunar eclipse (3) new Moon (2) solar eclipse (4) full Moon

9 The diagram below shows the latitude-longitude grid on an Earth model. Points A and B are loca tions on the surface.

Planet A most likely represents (1) Earth (3) Saturn (2) Venus (4) Uranus

5 The graph below represents the brightness and temperature of stars visible from Earth.

Bright

U) 0 C E -J On Earth, the solar time difference between point A and point B would be Dim (1) ihour (3) 12 hours Hot rl (2) 5 hours (4) 24 hours Temperature

Which location on the graph best represents a 10 The diagram below represents part of Earth’s star with average brightness and temperature? latitude-longitude system. (l)A (3)C (2) B (4)D 45° 30° 15° 01 N - — — — 20° 6 The length of an Earth year is based on Earth’s (1) rotation of 15°/hr - — — — 10° (2) revolution of 15°/hr 0° (3) rotation of approximately 1°/day L (4) revolution of approximately 1°/day 10°

- — — — 20° 7 Earth’s hydrosphere is best described as the

- — — 30° (1) solid outer layer of Earth (2) liquid outer layer of Earth What is the latitude and longitude of point L? (3) magma layer located below Earth’s stiffer mantle (1) 5° E 30° N (3) 5°N30°E 5°W30°S 5° S W (4) gaseous layer extending several hundred (2) (4) 30° kilometers from Earth into space P.S. E./Sci.—June ‘01 [3] [OVER] 11 The map below shows part of North America.

400 N

20° N

The arrows shown on the map most likely represent the direction of movement of (1) Earth’s rotation (3) ocean conduction currents (2) the prevailing northeast winds (4) Atlantic Ocean hurricanes

12 The diagram below represents the major stars of 14 A student read in a newspaper that the maxi the constellation Orion, as viewed by an observer mum length of the daylight period for the year in in New York State. Syracuse, New York, had just been reached. What was the date of this newspaper? (1) March22 (3) 22 . September . (2) June 22 (4) December 22

15 Which graph best shows the general effect that differences in elevation above sea level have on . the average annual temperature?

. . I..a) 2

4- . 0) 0) 0 E E

Which statement best explains why Orion can be Elevation Elevation observed from New York State on December 21 but not on June 21? (1) (3) (1) Orion has an eccentric orbit around Earth. (2) Orion has an eccentric orbit around the Sun. 2 (3) Earth revolves around the Sun. a) (4) Earth rotates on its axis. 0 E

13 Which type of air mass usually contains the most moisture? Elevation Elevation (1) mT (3) cT (2) (4) (2) mP (4) cP

P.SJE.Sd —June‘01 [4] 16 Ozone is concentrated in Earth’s atmosphere at 21 The map below shows the area surrounding a an altitude of 20 to 35 kilometers. Which atmo meandering stream. spheric layer contains the greatest concentration of ozone? (1) mesosphere (3) troposphere (2) thermosphere (4) stratosphere

17 Halite has three cleavage directions at 90° to each other. Which model best represents the shape of a broken sample of halite?

At which point is erosion greatest? (1)A (3)C (2) B (4)D

(1) (3) 22 What is the largest particle that can be kept in motion by a stream that has a velocity of 100 centimeters per second? (1) silt (3) pebble (2) sand (4) cobble

23 An extrusive igneous rock with a mineral com (2) (4) position of 35% quartz, 35% potassium feldspar, 15% plagioclase feldspar, 10% biotite, and 5% amphibole is called 18 Which geologic feature is caused primarily by (1) rhyolite (3) gabbro chemical weathering? (2) granite (4) basaltic glass (1) large caves in limestone bedrock (2) a pattern of parallel cracks in a granite mountain 24 During which process does heat transfer occur because of differences? (3) blocks of basalt at the base of a steep slope density (4) the smooth, polished surface of a rock in a (1) conduction (3) radiation dry, sandy area (2) convection (4) reflection

tides best described 19 Ocean are as 25 Carbon-14, an isotope used to date recent (1) unpredictable and cyclic organic remains, would most likely be useful in (2) unpredictable and noncyclic determining the age of a fossil (3) predictable and cyclic (1) trilobite (3) armored fish (4) predictable and noncyclic (2) Coelophysis (4) Beluga whale

20 Where is the most deposition likely to occur? (1) on the side of a sand dune facing the wind (2) at the mouth of a river,where it enters an ocean (3) at a site where glacial ice scrapes bedrock (4) at the top of a steep slope in a streambed

P.S. E./Sci.—June‘01 [5] [OVER] 26 Which diagram best represents visible light rays 28 The apparent shift in the direction of swing of a after striking a dark, rough surface? Foucault pendulum is caused by Earth’s (1) revolution (3) spherical shape (2) rotation (4) tilted axis

29 The diagram below shows a glacial landscape. (1) (3)

(2) (4)

27 The cartoon below illustrates possible inter action between humans and mammoths.

Which evidence suggests that ice created this landscape? (1) U-shaped valleys (2) many stream valleys (3) sorted sediment on the valley floor (4) the landslide near the valley floor

30 An earthquake’s P-wave arrived at a seismograph station at 02 hours 40 minutes 00 seconds. The earthquake’s S-wave arrived at the same station 2 minutes later. What is the approximate dis tance from the seismograph station to the epi center of the earthquake? (1) 1,100 km (3) 3,100 km Theprimitivegameof “Pullthe mammoth’stail andrun” (2) 2,400 km (4) 4,000 km During which geologic timespan could this “game” have occurred? 31 When small particles settle through water faster than the small (1) Pleistocene Epoch large particles, particles are prob (2) Pennsylvanian Epoch ably (3) Precambrian Era (1) lighter (3) better sorted (4) Paleozoic Era (2) flatter (4) more dense

F.S./E. Sci.—June‘01 [6] 32 The diagram below shows the abundance of organisms called crinoids, blastoids, and echinoids throughout different geologic periods. The number of species living at any given time is represented by the width of the blackened areas. PhylumEchinodermata

Crinoids Blastoids Echinoids

Which statement about crinoids, blastoids, and echinoids is best supported by the diagram? (1) They are now extinct. (2) They came into existence during the same geologic period. (3) They existed during the Devonian Period. (4) They have steadily increased in number since they first appeared.

33 Which graph shows the effect of soil perme 34 In a Doppler red shift, the observed wavelengths ability on the amount of runoff in an area? of light from distant celestial objects appear closer to the red end of the spectrum than light from similar nearby celestial objects. The expla nation for the red shift is that the universe is presently (1) contracting, only (2) expanding, only Soil Permeability SoilPermeability (3) remaining constant in size (1) (3) (4) alternating between contracting and expand ing

35 Which sequence of change in rock type occurs as shale is subjected to increasing heat and pres sure?

(1) shale —> schist — phyllite —* slate — gneiss Soil Permeability (2) shale — slate —pphyllite — schist — gneiss (2) (4) (3) shale —3 gneiss —* phyllite — slate — schist (4) shale —+ gneiss —3 phyllite —* schist — slate

P.S.E./Sci.—June‘01 [7] [OVER] Part B-i Answer all questions in this part.

Directions (36—51):For each statement or question, write on the separate answer sheet the number of the word or expression that, of those given, best completes the statement or answers the question. Some questions may require the use of the Earth ScienceReference Tables.

Base your answers to questions 36 through 38 on Base your answers to questions 39 and 40 on the weather map below. Points A, B, C, and D are Moh’s mineral hardness scale and on the chart below locations on Earth’s surface. showing the approximate hardness of some common objects.

Approximate Moh’sMineral Hardnessof HardnessScale Common Talc IfI Objects Gypsum 2 - - Fingernail(2.5) Calcite 3 Fluorite — 4 — Copperpenny — — (3.5) Apatite 5 — — Ironnail(4.5) Feldspar — — Quartz Glass(5.5)

Topaz ,_ — Corundum 9 Steelfile(6.5) Diamond — 10 — — — Streakplate(7.0)

39 Which statement is best supported by this scale? (1) A fingernail will scratch calcite, but not quartz. 36 The isolines on the map represent values of air (2) A fingernail will scratch quartz, but not cal (1) density (3) pressure cite. (4) (2) humidity temperature (3) A piece of glass can be scratched by quartz, but not by calcite. A of be scratched calcite, 37 The strongest winds are closest to location (4) piece glass can by but not by (1)A (3)C quartz. (2) B (4) D 40 The hardness of these minerals is most closely related to the 38 Which type of front extends southward from the center of the low? (1) mineral’s color (2) mineral’s abundance in nature (1) occluded (3) warm (3) amount of iron the mineral contains (2) stationary (4) cold (4) internal arrangement of the mineral’s atoms

P.S.IE.Sci.—June‘01 [8] Base your answers to questions 41 through 43 on 44 The table below shows the altitude and compass the map below, which shows the location of the Peru- direction of one planet, as viewed by an observer Chile Trench. in New York State at 10 p.m. on the first day of each month from April through November.

Month Altitude Compass Direction April 200 SW May 23° SSW June 25° S July 29° SSE August 33° SE September 38° S October 42° sw November 45° S

Which best of this 41 The Peru-Chile Trench marks the boundary graph represents a plot between the planet’s apparent path, as viewed by the observer over the 7-month period? (1) Pacific Plate and the Antarctic Plate (2) Nazca Plate and the South American Plate 90 90 (3) North American Plate and the Cocos Plate 0 0 (4) Caribbean Plate and the Scotia Plate a) a) •g45 g45

42 In which diagram do the arrows best represent the motions of Earth’scrust at the Peru-Chile Trench2 I., E SE S SW W E SE S SW W CompassDirection CompassDirection (1) (3) 90 90

0 0 a) a) (1) (3) .45 . 45

0 E SE S SW W E SE S SW W CompassDirection CompassDirection (2) (4) (2) (4)

43 Which observation provides the best evidence of the pattern of crustal movement at the Peru- Chile Trench? (1) the direction of flow of warm ocean currents (2) the mineral composition of samples of mafic mantle rock (3) comparison of the rates of sediment deposition (4) the locations of shallow-focus and deep- focus earthquakes

P.S. E./Sci.—June‘01 [91 [OVER] Base your answers to questions 45 and 46 on the data table below.The data table provides information about the Moon, based on current scientific theories. InformationAbouttheMoon

Subject CurrentScientificTheories

OriginoftheMoon Formedfrommaterialthrownfroma still-liquidEarthfollowingtheimpactof a giantobject4.5billionyearsago Craters Largestcratersresultedfrom an intensebombardmentby rockobjects around3.9billionyearsago Presenceofwater Mostlydry,butwaterbroughtinbytheimpactofcometsmaybetrappedin verycoldplacesatthepoles Ageof rocksinterrae Mostareolderthan4.1billionyears;highlandanorthosites(igneousrocks highlands composedalmosttotallyoffeldspar)aredatedat4.4billionyears Ageof rocksin maria Varieswidelyfrom2 billionto4.3billionyears plains Compositionofterrae Widevarietyof rocktypes,but all containmorealuminumthan rocksof highlands mariaplains Compositionof maria Widevarietyofbasalts plains Compositionof mantle Varyingamountsof mostlyolivineandpyroxene

45 Which statement is supported by the informa- 46 Which Moon feature is an impact structure? tion in the table? (1) crater (3) terrae highland (1) The Moon was once a comet. (2) maria plain (4) mantle (2) The Moon once had saltwater oceans. (3) Earth is 4.5 billion years older than the Moon. (4) Earth was liquid rock when the Moon was formed.

P.SJE. ScL—June‘01 [10] The of the State of New York University Performance Test Score REGENTSHIGHSCHOOLEXAMINATION (Maximwn Score: 23)

PHYSICALSETTING Maximwn Student’s EARTHSCIENCE Part Score Score A 35

Thursday, June 14,2001— 9:15 am. to 12:15 p.m., only B—i 16 ANSWER BOOKLET Li Male B—2 14 Student Sex: Li Female C 20 Teacher Total Written Test Score School Grade (Maximum Raw Score: 85) I ______Final Score (from chart in Rating Guide) Answer all questions in Part B—2and Part C. Record your answers in this booklet.

Raters’ Initials: Rater 1 Rater 2

Part B-2 For Raters Only

52a 52 a I I 52b1 b I 53 I I 53 p.m.

54 54 I I

55 55 1 1

56 56 I I

[a] [OVER] For Raters only 57 .1 I

58 581]

59 59 I I.

60 60 I I

61 61 _____

62 oC 62 I I

63 63 _____

64 64 I I

Total Score for Part B-2

Part C

65 65 I I

66 66 I I

67 67 I I

[bJ For Raters only 68 681 I

69a’ I 69a ______

b 691,1 I

70a—b 70a1 I 660

640 70b ___ w 620 ______H 560 ______540 520 ______500 PointP PointQ DistancePQ (miles)

71 7l I

721 I 72 ______

73 Era 731 I ______

[c] [OVER] For Raters Only 74—75 74 I I

75 I I

Key N I______I I I A Campsite 01 2 3 miles Contourinterval:20 feet — - - - Biketrail

76 76 I I

77 771 I

78 78 I I

79 79 I I

Total Score for Part C

Ed] Baseyour answers to questions 47 through 49 on the map and data table below.The map showsthe locations of volcanicislands and seamounts that erupted on the seafloorof the PacificPlate as it moved northwest over a stationary mantle hotspot beneath the lithosphere. The hotspot is currently under Kilauea. Island size is not drawn to scale. Locations X, Y, and Z are on Earth’ssurface.

Mapof VolcanicFeatures

1200 140° 160° 180° 160° 140° 120° 100° DataTable Ageof VolcanicFeatures Distancefrom Age VolcanicFeature Kilauea(km) (millionsofyears) Kauai 545 5.6 Nihoa 800 6.9 Necker 1,070 10.4 Midway 2,450 16.2 Suikoseamount 4,950 41.0

47 Approximately how far has location X moved 49 Which lithospheric plate boundary features are from its original location over the hotspot? located at Yand Z? (1) 3,600 km (3) 1,800km (1) trenches created by the subduction of the (2) 2,500 km (4) 20km PacificPlate (2) rift valleys created by seafloor spreading of the Pacific Plate 48 the data what is the According to table, approxi (3) created volcanic which the island of has secondary plates by activity mate speed at Kauai within the Pacific Plate been from the mantle in moving away hotspot, (4) mid-ocean created below kilometers million ridges by faulting per years? the Pacific Plate (1) 1 (3) 100 (2) 10 (4) 1,000

P.S. E./Sci.—June ‘01 [11] [OVER] 50 The diagrambelow showstrends in the tempera 51 The Himalaya Mountains are located along a ture of North America during the last 200,000 portion of the southern boundary of the years, as estimated by scientists. Eurasian Plate. At the top of Mt. Everest (29,028 feet) in the Himalaya Mountains, , Warmer— —Cooler climbers have found fossilized marine shells in - - Today - the surface bedrock. From this observation, - which the best inference about the > statement is - of the Mountains? 50,000 -__ origin Himalaya E (1) The Himalaya Mountains were formed by volcanic ° yd activity. 100,000 (2) Sea level has been lowered more than 29,000 feet since the shellswere fossilized. (3) The bedrock the fossil shells is 150,000 containing 2 part of an uplifted seafloor. j; (4) The Himalaya Mountains formed at a diver 200,000 = gent plate boundary. What is the total number of major glacialperiods that have occurred in North America in the last 200,000years? (1) 5 (3) 3 (2) 2 (4) 4

P.S.IE.Sci.—June‘01 [12] 0

Part B-2 Answer all questions in this part.

Directions (52—64):Record your answers in the spaces provided in your answer booklet. Some questions may require the use of the Earth ScienceReference Tables. Base your answers to questions 52 through 56 on the diagram below.The diagram represents the appar ent path of the Sun observed at four locationson Earth’ssurface on March 21. The present positions of the Sun, Polaris, and the zenith (position directly overhead) are shown for an observer at each location.

Zenith Apparent Suns of Polaris position - - pre05’tb0n — z 0 Cl) Suns apparentpath LocationA LocationC

Suns Zenith Sun’spresent Zen h Apparent present Apparent position ‘positionof of Polaris Polaris

pooP0Sition —‘— — — z o Cl) Suns apparentpath LocationB LocationD

52 The observer at locationA casts a shadow at the time represented in the diagram. a State the compassdirectionin whichthe observerat locationA must lookto viewher shadow. [‘1 b Describe the change in the length of the shadow that will occur between the time shown and sunset. [i] 53 State the approximate time of day for the observer at location B when the Sun is at the position shown in the diagram. [ii 54 Explain why the intensity of sunlight at noon on March 21 is greater at location C than at the other locations. [ii 55 The observerat locationD is locatedat a higher latitudethan the other three observers. State one waythat this conclusioncan be determined from the diagram. [ii 56 State the other day of the year when the Sun’sapparent path is exactlythe same as that shown for these four locationson March 21. [i}

P.S. EJScL—June‘01 [13] [OVER] Base your answers to questions 57 through 61 on the diagram and information below.

The diagram shows a cross section of a portion of Earth’s crust that has undergone geo logical processes. Overturning of rock layers has not occurred. Point A represents one loca tion of metamorphic rock. Key Shale I Sandstone

____I I Sedimentary ____ Limestone I I rocks Conglomerate ____ Contactmetamorphism Basalt } Igneousrock

57 State one piece of evidence that indicates basalt is the youngest rock unit in the cross section. [i]

58 As magma cools, what process changes it into basalt? [ii 59 State the name of the inorganic sedimentaiy rock shown in the cross section that is composed of sediment with the greatest range in particle size. [iJ 60 State the name of the rock, formed by contact metamorphism, located at A. [1]

61 State one piece of evidence that shows that crustal uplift has occurred in this region. [‘1

Base your answers to questions 62 through 64 on the weather information below.

A student using a sling psychrometer obtained a dry-bulb reading of 20°C and a wet- bulb reading of 16°C for a parcel of air outside the classroom.

62 State the dewpoint. [1]

63 State the change in relative humidity as the air temperature and the dewpoint get closer to the same value. [ii

64 On another day, the student determined the dewpoint was 70°F Record the dewpoint, using the proper format, in the correct location on the weather station model provided in your answer booklet. [ii

P.SJE. Sci.—June‘01 [14] Part C. Answer all questions in this part.

Directions (65—79):Record your answers in the spaces provided in your answer booklet. Some questions may require the use of the Earth Science Reference Tables.

Base your answers to questions 65 through 67 on the paragraph below, which describes some factors that affect Earth’s climate.

Earth’s climate is in a delicate state of balance. Many factors affect climate. Any small change in the factors may lead to long-term cooling or warming of Earth’s atmosphere. For example, during the last 100 years, measurements have shown a gradual increase in atmo spheric carbon dioxide. This change has been linked to an increase in Earth’s average atmospheric temperature. Variations in the tilt of Earth’s axis have been similarly linked to the occurrence of ice ages. Both the increases in temperature and the occurrence of ice ages have been linked to changes in global sea level.

65 State one reason for the increase in the amount of carbon dioxide in Earth’s atmo sphere during the last 100 years. [iJ

66 State one way that the recent increase in average global temperature can cause changes in ocean water level. liii

67 State what would happen to the average summer and winter temperatures in New York State if the tilt of Earth’s axis were to decrease from 23 to 20°. [ii

GO RIGHT ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

1’.S.E./Sci.—JuneO1 [15] [OVER] Base your answers to questions 68 through 75 on the reading passage and topographic map below.

A group of Earth science students decided to take an adventurous camping trip, so they rode bicycles to a New YorkState park that was located in an isolated area. They traveled up a steep hill. When they reached the top, they looked at the landscape and noticed a lake at the bottom of the hill. They named it Hidden Lake. To the left of Hidden Lake was a large field with a small stream. They decided to set up their campsite in the field near Hidden Lake. To get to the field, they cycled down a very steep slope. The map below showsthe location of the bicycle trail and the students’ campsite. Points P and Qare reference points on the map.

Key I______I • I • I N A Campsite 0 1 2 3 miles Contourinterval:20 feet - - - - Biketrail

68 State the evidence shown on the map that indicates that the area directly north of Hidden Lake is relativelyflat. [ii 69 a State the general compass direction in which the stream is flowing. [ii b State how contour lines provide the evidence for determining this direction. [1] 70 On the grid provided in your answer booklet, draw a profile of the landscape along the bicycle trail from point P to point Qby followingthe directions below. a Plot the elevation alongline PQ by markingwith a dot each point where a contour line is crossed by line PQ. Point P and point Qhave been plotted for you. [2] b Connect the dots to complete the profile. [i]

P.SJE.Sci.—June‘01 [16] • 71 The students decided to measure the speed of the stream by floating apples down a • straight section of the stream. Describe the steps the students must take to determine the stream’s surface rate of movement (speed) by using a stopwatch, a 10-foot rope, and several apples. Include the equation for calculating rate. [3]

72 While exploring the stream, a student found a rock containing a trilobite fossil. Name the most likely type of rock this student found. [ii

73 State the geologic era during which the rock containing the trilobite most likely formed. [1]

74 The next day the students decided to move their campsite 1 mile directly east of their original campsite. On the map provided in your answer booklet, place another camp site symbol, A, to indicate the location of their second campsite. [ij

75 The students decided to take a different route home to avoid riding their bicycles up the steep hill. Plan a return route that will take the campers back to point P and that willinvolve the least change in elevation during the trip. On the map provided in your answer booklet, draw a line from the second campsite to point P to show the route. Place arrows on the line to show the direction that the students will be traveling. [1]

GO RIGHT ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

P.S.EJSci.—June‘01 [17] [OVER] Base your answers to questions 76 through 79 on the magazine article and diagram below

Lake-Effect Snow

During the cold months of the year, the words “lake effect” are very much a part of the weather picture in many locations in New York State. Snow created by the lake effect may represent more than half the season’s snowfall in some areas. In order for heavy lake-effect snow to develop, the temperature of the water at the sur face of the lake must be higher than the temperature of the air flowing over the water. The higher the water temperature and the lower the air temperature, the greater the potential for lake-effect snow. A lake-effect storm begins when air flowing across the lake is warmed as it comes in close contact with the water. The warmed air rises and takes moisture along with it. This mois ture, which is water vapor from the lake, is turned into clouds as it encounters much colder air above. When the clouds reach the shore of the lake, they deposit their snow on nearby land. A typical lake-effect storm is illustrated in the diagram below. The area most likely to receive snow from a lake is called a “snowbelt.” Lake Ontario’s snowbelt includes the counties along the eastern and southeastern ends of the lake. Because the lake runs lengthwise from west to east, the prevailing westerly winds are able to gather the maximum amount of moisture as they flow across the entire length of the lake. There can be lake-effect snowfall anywhere around the lake, but the heaviest and most fre quent snowfalls occur near the eastern shore. In parts of the snowbelt, the lake effect combines with a phenomenon known as oro graphic lifting to produce some very heavy snowfalls. After cold air has streamed over the length of Lake Ontario, it moves inland and is forced to climb the slopes of the Tug Hill Plateau and the Adirondack Mountains, resulting in very heavy snowfall.

Coldair * * * Snow A* * * LakeOntario

76 State the relationship that must exist between water temperature and air tempera ture for lake-effect snow to develop. [ii

77 State why locations east and southeast of Lake Ontario are more likely to receive lake-effect snow than are locations west of the lake. {i}

78 State the name of the New York State landscape region that includes location A shown in the diagram. [1]

79 State why very heavy snowfall qccurs in the Tug Hill Plateau region. [1]

1’.SJE.Sci.—June‘01 [18] The University of the State of New York

REGENTSHIGH SCHOOLEXAMINATION PHYSICALSETTING EARTHSCIENCE

Thursday, June 14, 2001 — 9:15 am. to 12:15p.m., only

ANSWER SHEET Student Sex: E Male LI Female Grade

Teacher School

Record your answers to Part A and Part B—ion this answer sheet.

Part A Part B-i

1 13 25 36

2 14 26 37 45

3 15 27 38 46

4 16 28 39 47

5 17 29 40 48

6 18 30 41 49

7 19 31 42 50

8 20 32 43 51 Part B—i Score 21 33

10 22 34

11 23 35 Part A Score 12 24

Write your answers to Part B—2and Part C in your answer booklet.

The declaration below should be signed when you have completed the examination.

I do hereby affirm, at the close of this examination, that I had no unlawful knowledgeof the questions or answers prior to the examination and that I have neither given nor received assistance in answering any of the questions during the examination.

Signature Tnnr Morn Tear Here The University of the Stateof New York • THE STATEEDUCATION DEPARTMENT• Albany New York12234. www nysed gov () EarthScienceReferenceTables N)

PHYSICAL CONSTANTS • :. c) I Radioactive Decay Data Specific Heats of Common Materials

RADIOACTIVE DISINTEGRATION HALF-LIFE MATERIAL SPECIFICHEAT ISOTOPE (years) (calories/gram. C°) 01 14 solid 0.5 Carbon-i4 C14 —N 5.7 < io3 Water liquid 1.0 C) —‘ Ar40 gas 0.5 40 1.3x Potassium-40 K Ca40 Dryair 0.24 Basalt 0.20 238 206 i09 Uranium-238 U —..Pb 4.5x Granite 0.19 Iron 0.11 87 87 1010 Rubidium-87 Rb —Sr 4.9x Copper 0.09 Lead 0.03 (0

• -S • .. Properties of Water 0

Energygainedduringmelting 80 calories/gram -L Energyreleasedduringfreezing 80 calories/gram

Energygainedduringvaporization 540calories/gram N)

Energyreleasedduringcondensation.... 540calories/gram

S.. Densityat 3.98°C 1.00gram/milliliter

-s

EQUATIONS -s C) Percentdeviation differencefromacceptedvalue deviation(%)= 100 from value value -4 S accepted accepted distancebetweenfoci Eccentricityof an ellipse eccentricity= -a lengthof majoraxis C) changein fieldvalue Gradient . gradient= distance (0

changein fieldvalue S N) = S 0 .5 Rateof change rateofchange S time

S S • . . mass of substance = Density a density volume

N) N)

N) () 2001 EDITION EURYPTERUS This edition of the Earth Science Reference Tables should be used in the - N) classroom beginning in the 2000—2001school year The first examination for which these tables will be used is the January 2001 Regents —I Examination in Earth Science NewYorkState Fossil N) 01

S 5) Generalized Landscape Regions of New York State

0 C 0 C

C C C 0 C a. C 0

0 0 m

0 0m

(I, 73° n 0 (1 Generalized Bedrock Geology of New York State 0 0 modified from 0 0 GEOLOGICALSURVEY NEW YORKSTATEMUSEUM 0 1989

I-. 0 0 z I) 0 0 0 m 0.

0 >

Miles

n in 2(1 A 4(1 so — 1=• — 0 20 40 60 80 Kilometers 4,3°f

— fINGE LAkES ERIE/ 1/ .4. :

A:owN ELMA SLIMT I 42 -L

P E N N S V L V A N IA

GEOLOGICALPERIODSANDERASIN NEWYORK CRETACEOUS,TERTIARY,PLEISTOCENE(Epoch)weaklyconsolidatedtounconsolidatedgravels,sands,andclays LATETRIASSICandEARLYJURASSICconglomerates,redsandstones,redshales,anddiabase(inPalisadesSill) PENNSYLVANIANandMISSISSIPPIANconglomerates,sandstones,andshales Dominantly Sedimentary DEVONIAN1. limestones,shales,sandstones,andconglomerates 72° 111111111111SILURIAN J Silurianalsocontainssalt,gypsum,andhematite. Origin ORDOVICIAN 1 limestones,shales,sandstones,anddolostones CAMBRIANJ ATLANTIC OCEAN CAMBRIANandEARLYORDOVICIANsandstonesanddolostones } -4-40°30’ ______ModeratelytointenselymetamorphosedeastoftheHudsonRiver. Dominantly + + 73030 73° IIIIIIlII CAMBRIANandOROOVICIAN(undifferentiated)quartzites,dolostones,marbles,andschists Metamorphosed 74° Intenselymetamorphosed;includesportionsoftheTaconicSequenceandCortlandtComplex. Rocks lACONICSEQUENCEsandstones,shales,andslates SlightlytointenselymetamorphosedrocksofCAMBRIANthroughMIDDLEORDOVICIANages. MIDDLEPROTEROZOICgneisses,quartzites.andmarbles } structuretrends. . IntenselyMetamorphosedRocks ______Linesaregeneralized MIDDLEPROTEROZOICanorthositicrocks J (regionalmetamorphismabout1,000m.y.a.) Cl) 4 4)

ft C) c-I C C) c-s ft ‘44 hI (I)

EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 EdItion TecL c Plates

120° o° 160° 180° 160° 1400 1200 100° 600 400 W° 00 20° 40° 60° 80° 1000 1200

70 ‘

‘ / I / .J f / 7 t” ‘v .. a. •-‘‘ ‘ - • -•- Iceland - -• :-- -• Eurasian’ NorthAmerican \s’’ ) HotS / (0 I /k ( / / (( oo° •-P1ate-:.J_4—’—7 -Plate ) --1 -Eürasian -: 4600 - ) k. , IcY Plate

%Utian ::: ‘frJ as\t9 :: / Canary / 30 // “— 7 / 430° \ “ 420 20 , Philippine African y ‘

/ /, 20 , ‘/ .a°° Plate, Indian-Australian 420 Nazca / Plate 30 Indian-Autralian y . ‘ . Plate Plate / / 40° / ..$ I 440 ‘/ O / / 4I 50°P qo p fltarc Plate A tic 60°o Antarctic 4600 Plate Sandwich Plae

10° a a 1200 14.0° 160° 160° 140° 120° 100° 800 60° 40° 20° 00 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° KEY A A /overnding T I pplate /

I’ sub ting/ TransformPlateBoundary Complexor Uncertain RelativeMotion Mantle DivergentPlateBoundary (TransformFault) PlateBoundary at PlateBoundary. HotSpot (usuallybrokenbytransform ConvergentPlateBoundary faultsalongmid-oceanridges) (SubductionZone)

Mid-OceanRidge (I! NOTE:Notall platesandboundariesareshown. Rock Cycle in Earth’s Crust Relationship of Transported Particle Size to Water Velocity 1oo:

10.0

cc 1.0 w I— w

0.01 w 0.001

0.0001• CLAY A AAAA4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 STREAMVELOCITY(cm/sec) lhis generalizedgraphshowsthewatervelocityneededto maintain,butnotstart,movement.Variationsoccurdueto differencesinparticledensityandshape.

Scheme for Igneous Rock Identification GRAIN TEXTURE SIZE Obsidian a) BasalticGlass • c Non z (usuallyappearsblack) Glassy vesicular Ow . Pumice VesicularBasalticGlass c. Vesicular U) a (gas cc cc° Vesicular Vesicular 0 o VesicularRhyolite Scotia Basalt pockets) 0 Andesite w . 2E Fine . (1) ‘I) 0 Rhyolite Andesite Basalt (I) . I-. . 0 z w w — z l Z W Pen- EOEE Non- Granite Diorite Gabbro — Coarse O dotite vesicular cc ‘ . 5.2 I zc E W E Very Pegmatite Coarse

(I, 0 DARK cc w HIGH I 0 MAFIC(Fe,Mg)

I 100% 0

z 0 I—a) 02 0. ow —j

6 EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001EditIon Scheme for Sedimentary Rock Identification

INORGANIC LAND-DERIVED SEDIMENTARY ROCKS TEXTURE GRAINSIZE COMPOSITION COMMENTS ROCKNAME MAPSYMBOL

Roundedfragments Conglomerate

embeddedin sand, Mostly 0 Breccia •.•.. silt, and/or clay quartz Angularfragments — feldspar,and — Clastic. Sand . clay minerals Fineto coarse Sandstone (fragmental) (0.2to 0.006cm) — maycontain — fragmentsof Silt Ve fine am Siltstone (0.006to 0.0004cm) other rocks nj gr • • — and minerals — Compact;maysplit. . Clay Shale (lessthan0.0004cm) easily —EE- . CHEMICALLYAND/OR ORGANICALL Y FORMED SEDIMENTARY ROCKS TEXTURE GRAINSIZE COMPOSITION COMMENTS ROCKNAME MAPSYMBOL

Varied Halite RockSalt Crystalsfrom chemical Crystalline Varied Gypsum precipitates RockGypsum — andevaporites — / / , Varied Dolomite Dolostone Cementedshell I Microscopicto coarse Calcite fragmentsor precipitates Limestone I I Bioclastic of biologicorigin Varied Carbon Fromplantremains Coal

Scheme for Metamorphic Rock Identification GRAIN TEXTURE COMPOSITION METAMORPHISM COMMENTS ROCK NAME MAP SYMBOL

Lowgrade Fine Regsonal Slate metamorphismof shale -= I— — W aZ I—

Medium High-grademetamorphism; — somema chan9edtofeldspar; Gneiss co°rse

,- Variousrockschangedby /, \\ Fine Variable ntt heatfrom Hornfels /, ii ea, nearby magma/lava I

Quartz Metamorphismof quartz Quartzite Fine to — Regional — coarse Calciteand/or or Metamorphismof Marble dolomite limestoneor dolostone Z — Contact — Vanousmin:rals Coarse Pebblesmaybe distorted Metaconglomerate andmatrix or stretched

EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 EditIon 7 GEOLOGIC HISTOB (Fossilsnot drawn to scale)

Euryptel

Rock Time Eon Era Period Epoch Life on Earth Re (Including circles ii Millions of Lettered years ago NYS index fossil (e.g. F Millions of years ag 0 - - TERNARY Oo1 QUA PLEISTOCENE i a Humans. mastodonts. mammoths a . — I NEOGENE PLIOCENE Large carnivores MIOCENE Abundant grazing mammals zo 24 Earliest grasses OLIGOCENE I Large running mammals 500 PALEOGENE EOCENE Many modern groups of mammals — — 48 — PALEOCENE L 5.-(Extinction of dinosaurs and ammonoids )- — A \ Earliest placental mammals T Oldest LATE E multi- \ MESOZOIC Climax of dinosaurs and ammonoids 1000 cellular life CRETACEOUS Earliest flowering plants 0 Decline of brachiopods EARLY I-s First Diverse bony fishes Z 0 appearance D of 1I. — N sexually D reproducing LATE I 0 organisms L I Earliest birds E JURASSIC MIDDLE Abundant dinosaurs and ammonoids EARLY I 0 2’)C E LATE Modern coral groups appear Earliest dinosaurs and mammals with TRIASSIC MIDDLE 2000 A abundant cycads and conifers EARLY I R 25 —(Extinction of many kinds of marine L LATE animals, including trilobites PALEOZOIC First mammal-like reptiles . Y PERMIAN Transition to E- atmosphere EARLY . containing 0 2’)t’ .__‘-_ oxygen L LATE Earliest reptiles PENNSYLVANIAN A Extensive coal-forming forests 0 T EARLY E LATE Abundant sharks and amphibians MISSISSIPPIAN 3000 Large and numerous scale trees EARLY and seed ferns U -. LATE D Earliest amphibians, ammonoids, sharks F7 - MIDDLE z I crofos DEVONIAN Extinction of armored fish, other fish abundant EARLY 4 I- ) LATE Earliest insects E Earliest land plants and animals SILURIAN E A EARLY Peak development of eurypterids Oldtsi krii 4 I— 4000 R LATE L MIDDLE Invertebrates dominant B D Y ORDOVICIAN — mollusks becomeabundant Diverse coral and echinoderms EARLY Graptolites abundant 4 I- LATE Earliest fish 4600. — Algal reefs MIDDLE Burgess shale fauna CAMBRIAN A Earliest chordates, diverse trilobites EARLY Earliest trilobites Earliest marine animals with shells

8 EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001Edition Y OF NEW YORK STATE

‘ ty1 s Be1ua Cooksonia j Naples Tree Lichenaria Pleurodictyum PlatycerasqirMucrospirfer Mastodont WhaTe Aneurophyton Condor Cystiphyllum Maclurites Eospirfer Tectonic Distribution of Fossils Events Important Geologic Inferred Position of Emportant Fossils of New York) Affecting Northeast Events in New York Earth’s Landmasses icate the approximate time of existence of a specific siI ()lived at the end of the Early Cambrian). North (o (s

Initial opening of Atlantic Ocean North America and Afnca Intrusion of Palisades sill Pangea begins to break up

Extensive erosion

Erosion of Acadian Mountains Acadian Orogeny caused by collision of North America and Avalon and closing nart of lanetus Oc

Salt and ‘psum deposited in evaporite basins

Erosion of Taconic Mountains; Queenston Delta forms Taconian Orogeny caused by closing of western part of lapetus Ocean and collision between North America and volcanic island arc

• ORDOVI’ 77 /

EarthScienceReferenceTabies—2001Edition 9 Inferred Properties of Earth’s Interior

—)- çG

DENSITY(9/cm3) / / /

3.3—5.5

• . . .

9.9—12.1

ow <0 12.7—13.0 * 4 C,) a) •c 3 cr C/).-. 2

0 1 E 0

0 0 w

w cL w I—

o 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 DEPTH(km)

EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 Edition --

Average Chemical Composition of Earth’s Crust, Hydrosphere, and Troposphere

CRUST HYDROSPHERETROPOSPHERE Percentby Percentby Percentby Percentby Mass Volume Volume Volume

Oxygen(0) -...--.--. 46.40 94.04 33.0 21.0 Silicon(Si) 28.15 0.88 Aluminum(Al) 8.23 0.48 Iron(Fe) 5.63 0.49 Calcium(Ca) 4.15 1.18 Sodium(Na) 2.36 1.11 Magnesium(Mg) 2.33 0.33 Potassium(K) 2.09 1.42 Nitrogen(N) 78.0 Hydrogen(H) 66.0 Other 0.66 0.07 1.0 1.0

Earthquake P-wave and S-wave Travel Time

21_: .::

20.------. 19-: ::: ::: :: ::: :: ::: ::: :; ::

16------15

------E ------13-: ::: ::: ::: :: = ::: ::: ::: 12-- : : - : =: : = : : = =: : : : : : = : : I- - -, ------

------

EPICENTER DISTANCE (x103 km) EarthScIenceReferenceTables— 2001Edition 11 Dewpoint Temperatures (°C)

Dry-Bulb DifferenceBetweenWet-Bulband Dry-Bulb Temperatures(C°) Tempera- — ture(°C) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 —20 —20 —33 —18 —18 —28 —16 —16 —24 —14 —14 —21 —36 —12 —12 —18—28 —10 —10 —14—22 —8 —8 —12 —18—29 —6 —6 —10 —14—22 —4 —4 —7 —12 —17—29 —2 —2 —5 —8 —13—20 0 0 —3 —6 —9 —15—24 2 2 —1 —3 —6 —11 —17 4 4 1 —1 —4 —7 —11 —19 6 6 4 1 —1 —4 —7 —13—21 8 8 6 3 1 —2 —5 —9 —14 10 10 8 6 4 1 —2 —5 —9 —14—28 12 12 10 8 6 4 1 —2 —5 —9 —16 14 14 12 11 9 6 4 1 —2 —5 —10 —17 16 16 14 13 11 9 7 4 1 —1 —6 —10 —17 18 18 16 15 13 11 9 7 4 2 —2 —5 —10 —19 20 20 19 17 15 14 12 10 7 4 2 —2 —5 —10 —19 22 22 21 19 17 16 14 12 10 8 5 3 —1 —5 —10 —19 24 24 23 21 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 2 —1 —5 —10 —18 26 26 25 23 22 20 18 17 15 13 11 9 6 3 0 —4 —9 28 28 27 25 24 22 21 19 17 16 14 11 9 7 4 1 —3 30 30 29 27 26 24 23 21 19 18 16 14 12 10 8 5 1

Relative Humidity (%)

Dry-Bulb DifferenceBetweenWet-Bulband Dry-BulbTemperatures(C°) Tempera ture(°C) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 —20 100 28 —18 100 40 —16 100 48 —14 100 55 11 —12 100 61 23 —10 100 66 33 —8 100 71 41 13 —6 100 73 48 20 —4 100 77 54 32 11 —2 100 79 58 37 20 1 0 100 81 63 45 28 11 2 100 83 67 51 36 20 6 4 100 85 70 56 42 27 14 6 100 86 72 59 46 35 22 10 8 100 87 74 62 51 39 28 17 6 10 100 88 76 65 54 43 33 24 13 4 12 100 88 78 67 57 48 38 28 19 10 2 • 14 100 89 79 69 60 50 41 33 25 16 8 1 16 100 90 80 71 62 54 45 37 29 21 14 7 1 18 100 91 81 72 64 56 48 40 33 26 19 12 6 20 100 91 82 74 66 58 51 44 36 30 23 17 11 5 22 100 92 83 75 68 60 53 46 40 33 27 21 15 10 4 24 100 92 84 76 69 62 55 49 42 36 30 25 20 14 9 4 26 100 92 85 77 70 64 57 51 45 39 34 28 23 18 13 9 28 100 93 66 78 71 65 59 53 47 42 36 31 26 21 17 12 30 100 93 86 79 72 66 61 55 49 44 39 34 29 25 20 16

12 EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 EditIon Temperature Pressure miilibars inches Fahrenheit Celsius Kelvin - 1 1040.0 30.70 — 110 — — 380 220 Water boils -iooff 1036.0 30.60 370 200 — 90— 30.50 - 360 1032.0 - 180 — 80— 30.40 350 1028.0 160 - 30.30 340 1024.0 140 - —60— 30.20 330 1020.0- - 30.10 120 50T 320 Flumanbody — 40— 30.00 - 310 1016.0- temperature one 80 - 30T 300 atmosphere 29.90 Room 1013.2mb — 20— 29.80 temperature 60 - 290 — 10— - 280 29.70 40 - Ice melts — 0— 1 - 270 29.60 20 —-10- - 1000.0- 260 29.50 0- --20 - 250 996.0 29.40 - —20 — —30— - 240 992.0 29.30 —40- — —40— - 230 29.20 —60- ——50— 988.0 - 220 29.10 984.0 Weather Map Symbols 29.00 980.0 StationModel 28.90 ,- Amountof cloudcover Temperature (approximately75%covered) (°F 28.80 Presentweather Barometricpressure 28 196(1019.6mb) 28.70 Visibility(mi) Barometrictrend +19/ (asteady1.9-mbrise Dewpoint(°F)m the past3 hours) 28.60 25 Precipitation 968.0 Windspeed (inchespast6 hours) .,,, 28.50 Winddirection rwholefeather= 10knots1 (fromthesouthwest) I halffeather= 5 knots i L total = 15 knotsi (1 knot= 1.15mi/hr)

PresentWeather Air Masses FrontSymbols Hurricane 9 • r [ ‘S7 CA continentalarctic Cold A A A A Drizzle Rain Smog Hail Thunder- Rain cP continentalpolar Warm — — storms Showers cT continentaltropical 4 Stationary yyy i * ‘, mT maritimetropical ‘7 Occluded A — A — A Snow Sleet Freezing Fog Haze Snow mP maritimepolar Rain Showers

EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 Edition 13 km 150— ml Temperature Atmospheric Water Selected Properties Zones Pressure Vapor of Earth’s Atmosphere 75

100— Thermosphere

Altitude Mesosphere

-25 Stratosphere

SeaLevel 0— —0 r1-1 0 20 40 Concentration Temperature(°C) Pressure(atm) (gIm3)

Planetary Wind and Moisture Belts in the Troposphere

Thedrawingto the leftshows the locationsof the beltsnear thetimeof an equinox.The locationsshiftsomewhatwith the changinglatitudeof the Sun’sverticalray.Inthe NorthernHemisphere,the belts shiftnorthwardin summerand• southwardin winter.

14 EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 Edition Luminosity and Temperature of Stars (Name in italics refers to star shown by a

1,000,000 Luminosityisthe Massive Biqe Supergiants brightnessofstars Stars Supergiants : Rigel comparedtothe • Betelgeuse brightnessofour E’ 10,000 Sunasseenfrom U) thesamedistance 0) RedGiants fromtheobserver. pçlarI. 0 100 C) > e: (0 0) Sirius AlphaCentauri 1 I •WhiteDwarfs

•_._I..__.,_ 0.01 • • Dvarfê Small Barnard’s.:.:• Stars StarD: 0.0001 10,000 5,000 2,500 Temperature(°C) — BlueStars WhiteStars YellowStars RedStars Color

Solar System Data

Oblect MeanDistance Period Period EccentricityEquatorial Mass DensityNumber fromSun of of of Diameter (Earth= 1) (g/cm3) of (millionsofkm) Revolution Rotation Orbit (km) Moons

SUN — — 27 days — 1,392,000 333,000.00 1.4 — MERCURY 57.9 88 days 59 days 0.206 4,880 0.553 5.4 0 VENUS 108.2 224.7days 243days 0.007 12,104 0.815 5.2 0 EARTH 149.6 365.26days 23 hr 0.017 12,756 1.00 5.5 1 56 mm 4sec MARS 227.9 687 days 24 hr 0.093 6,787 0.1074 3.9 2 37 mm ‘ 23sec JUPITER 778.3 11.86years 9 hr 0.048 142,800 317.896 1.3 16 50 mm 30 sec SATURN 1,427 29.46years 10 hr 0.056 120,000 95.185 0.7 18 14 mm URANUS 2,869 84.0years 17 hr 0.047 51,800 14.537 1.2 21 14mm . NEPTUNE 4,496 164.8years 16 hr 0.009 49,500 17.151 1.7 8 PLUTO 5,900 247.7years 6 days 0.250 2,300 0.0025 2.0 1 . 9hr

EARTH’S 149.6 27.3days 27 days 10.055 3,476 0.0123 3.3 — MOON 1(0.386r fromEarth) 8 hr L______

EarthScienceReferenceTables—2001 EditIon 15 Properties of Common Minerals u-i u-i

UADfl C) IIflJ1L1 I.U COMMON DISTINGUISHING LUSTER NESS U.. COLORS CHARACTERISTICS USE(S) MINERALNAME COMPOSITION* 1—2 silverto blackstreak, pencillead, Graphite C gray greasyfeel lubricants

. Gana of 5.5—6.5 ,, blkto attraedkbmanet ore Magnetite Fe304

brassy green-blackstreak, . oreof 6. 5 rit FeS yellow cubiccrystals sulfur Py e 2 red-brownstreak 1—6.5 metalHcsilveror o?in Hematite Fe203

1 whiteto greasyfeel talcumpowder, Talc MgSi010(OH)2 v green soapstone vulcanize 2 , yellowto easilymelted, rubber, Sulfur S amber maysmell sulfuricacid 2 whiteto easilyscratched plasterofparis Gypsum CaSO•2H0 pinkorgray byfingernail anddrywall (Selenite) 4 2 2—2.5 v colorlessto eal MuscoviteMica KA13Si010(OH)2 colorlessto cubiccleavage, foodadditive, 2. 5 Halite NaCI white saltytaste meltsice blackto flexiblein electrical K(Mg,Fe)3 2. 53 BiotiteMica darkbrown thinsheets insulator A1S13010(OH)2 colorless bubbles 3 cement, Calcite CaCO3 v orvariable withacid 7 polarizingprisms 35 / cokrIess bubles withacid sourceof oomeCarvig(CO3) orvariable whenpowdered magnesium * 4 colorlessor cleavesin hydrofluoric CaF variable 4directions acid Fluorite 2 ackto cleavesin darkgreen 2directionsat90° collections (commonlyAugite) (Si,Al)206 blackto cleavesat mineral Amphiboles CaNa(Mg,Fe)4 (Al,Fe,Ti)3 . 5 darkgreen 56°and124° collections (commonlyHornblende) Si6022(0,OH)2 whiteto cleves in ceramics 6 0 PotassiumFeldspar KAISio pink 2directionsat90 andglass (Orthoclase) 3 8 whiteto cleavesin2directions, ceramics PlagioclaseFeldspar 6 (Na‘ Ca)AlSi0 gray striationsvisible andglass (Na-CaFeldspar) 3 8 6.5 greento commonlylightgreen furnacebricks Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4 grayorbrown andgranular andjewelry colorlessor glassyluster, form 7 may glass,jewelry, ua Z SO variable hexagonalcrystalsand electronics 2 7 V darkred glassyluster,oftenseenasred jewelryand Garnet FeAlSi0 togreen grainsinNYSmetamorphicrocks abrasives (commonlyAlmandine) 3 2 3 12

°CliemicalSymbols:Al= aluminum Cl= chlorine H= hydrogen Na= sodium S= sulfur C= carbon F= fluorine K= potassium 0 = oxygen Si= silicon Ca= calcium Fe= iron Mg= magnesium Pb= lead Ti= titanium

= dominantformofbreakage

16 EarthScienceReferenceTabies— 2001Edition DET633(8-25-2000,325,000) 9.08041890-169C0C Name: Lb1-__ 1 4 5 bate: CENTIMETERS Me=re Me MILLIMETERS

Introduction: Measurementin scienceis oneof the mostimportanttools. Weusetneasurementsto repeatothersandfind out if their resultsare reproducible.If resultscannotbereproduced, thenthe resultsare unacceptable.Thisalsoholdstrue for yourmeasurements.Another importantpart of measurementare correct units. A numberisjuSt a numberuntil unitsare givento it. Youmustbeawareof howyoumeasure. Thisis the keyto assigningcorrect units. Solet’spracticesomemeasurementtechniques.

Steps To Success: Followthe instructionsfor eachstation.Besureyoureadthe instructionsfor eachstation.

GLOBES:bO NOT FORGETUNITS!!! • Usingthe string determinethe circumferenceof GlobesA andB.

GlobeA: _____ GlobeB:

• ForGlobeCandb find the Radiususingthe formulabelow. Circumference C radius r 3.14 Formula: Formula Substitutions UNITS!! Formula Substitutions UNITS!!

GlobeC: Globeb:

BALANCEBEAMSCALE:Measureme!!(units) Usingthe balancebeammeasurethe samplesandrecordyouanswer.

Scale 1 Scale 2 Scale 3 = VOLUME:MeasureMe!!(units) Measurethe volumeof the followingandrecord below.

Beaker 1 Beaker2

Beaker3

Box 1 Box2

Usethe water displacementmethodto determinethe volumeof objects 1and2.

— FinalVolume Initial Volume Volumeof object

= = Object 1 Object 2 ______

TEMPERATURE:MeasureMel! (units) At the 3 temperaturestations recordyouranswerin the appropriatescale.

Templ: C Temp2: ____C

Temp3= ____C ____F

PRESSURE:MeasureMe!!(units) What is todaysair pressure? Questions:Allanswersmustbe inCOMPLETESENTENCES!!

1.If youwere“speedwarped”to the moonin onesecondwith the globes,the volumeobjects, the triple beambalanceandthe thermometers,whichof your Af”V’/ measurementswouldchangethe most? Explain. (?A,i A. j’Ii ecx? 6

2. Explain2 waysyoucandeterminethe volumeof anobject or liquid.

I’

3. A student measuresthe volumeof a rockto be 17cm3. Theactualvolumeis 20 cm3. What is the student’spercentdeviation? Giveat leastonepossiblereasonfor error.

S 4. Usingthe ReferenceTables(page13),basedonwhatyoufoundfor temperature#1 determinethe FahrenheitandKelvinscaleequivalent.

5. Usinga meter stick determinewhatthe relationshipbetween:

Howmanymmina cm?

Howmanycmina meter?

Howmanymmina meter?

6. What is the lengthof the linebelow?

Lengthin cm?

Lengthin mm?

Lengthin meters? Name Date: I) L1 ll1 JV__ bENSY MASS VOLUME INTRObUCTION: bensity isa comparisonof matter andspace.Undernormal” pressure andtemperature,densitywill remainconstantfor anyshapeor sizeof a material. Theamountof matter ina specific volumewill determinethe density of the object. Forthis lab,usethe formulaaboveSHOWALLWORKand followthe stepsbelow.

Vocabulary

Mass:

Volume:

Water bisplacement:

bensity:

STEPSTO SUCCESS: 1.Measurethe massof the object(s) UNITS!! 2. Useoneof the methodsyouhavepreviouslylearnedto determinethe volumeof eachobject. UNITS!! 3. Calculatethe bensity of EACHobject. UNITS!! 4. Copythe acceptedvaluesfor eachobject. 5 beterminethe percenterror for eachof your bensity values. b6M5r RePor cuBEr Remember: EVERYNUMBERHAS A UNITI Unlessthe Factor out!!!! NoUnitsNOCREDIT!!! Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Object: -_Cm Start with the Formula Substitutions Units __ icrc.icc 0/ — berr Sponge... Formula Substitutions Units Please...© 0/ - I —. Li j0error- ______— V -

Answer+ %Error:

Object: Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Formula Substitutions Units

Formula Substitutions Units

%Error: Answer4

Object: Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Formula Substitutions Units

Formula Substitutions

%Error: Answer4 Object: Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Formula Substitutions Units Formula Substitutions

Answer4 %Error:

Object: Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Formula Substitutions Units Formula Substitutions

%Error: Answer4

Object: Mass: Volume: Acceptedbensity: Formula Substitutions Units Formula Substitufions

Answer4 /o Error: QUESTIONS:*AnswerALLquestionsin completesentences.

1.What affect doesshapehaveondensity?

2. If the spongewascut in half, whatwouldhappento the mass,volumeand densityof the sponge?

3. Are all youranswersthe sameasthe acceptedvalues?If not, whatare some sourcesof error in this experiment?

4. Youare walkingthroughthe woodsonedayandyouwantto identify a mineral,soaseverygoodstudent does,youtake out your balancebeamand graduatedcylinderto determinethe density. bescribethe stepsyoufollowec to identify this mineralandwhatdid youfind?

6. Oops...youdroppedthe aluminumbar in the sinkandwhenyoupulledit out the edgewasbrokenoffl Younowknowthe densityis 2.7g/cm3and it now weighs11grams. What is the newvolume? Hint: Modify the formula... Name: Period: Measurement lab

1. Find an object in this room whose length can easily be measured in centimeters. Make a sketch of the object. Then measure and record its length. What is its length in millimeters?

2. Picture in your mind a distance in this room you think is 5 meters long. Write a description of this distance. Then measure the distance with a meter stick, and record your results. How good was your guess?

3. Place one of the small objects provided onto the pan of the balance scale. What is its mass? What is its weight? Repeat this procedure with the other objects.

4. Find the volume of one of the rectangular solids. Record each measurement and the volume of the object. Remember work in centimeters. Repeat with another rectangular solid.

5. Record the temperatures of the two cups of water in degrees C.

6. Take a piece of string and use it to measure the circumference •in centimeters of one of the globes. Repeat using a different globe.

7. Record the amount of water in milliliters in each of the graduated cylinders, beakers and flasks provided. Name Lab#1 MeasuringLiquidVolume With a GraduatedCylinder

Purpose

Materials Red,blueandyellowfoodcoloring Water 3 100-nilbeakers 6 papercups 50-migraduatedcylinder Marker

Procedure 1. LabeleachpapercupwiththemarkerA,B,C,D,E,andf. 2. Fillthreebeakerswith50 mlof water.Adda fewdropsof foodcoloringto each beakersothat youhaveonebeakerof red water,oneof bluewater,d one of yellow water. 3. Into papercupA measure19-miof redwater. 4. IntopapercupC measure18-miof yellowwater. 5. Into papercupEmeasure18-miof bluewater. 6. FrompapercupCmeasure4-mlandpourthe4-inlmtopapercupD. 7. FrompapercupEmeasure7-mlandaddittopapercupD.Mixgently. 8. Fromthe beakerof bluewatermeasure4-miandpouritintotesttubeF. Thenfrom thebeakerof redwatermeasure7-miandaddit to papercupF.Mixgently. 9. Frompapercup A measure8-miof waterandpouritintopapercupB. Frompaper cup C measure3-miand add it to papercup B. Mixgently. 10.Completedatatablethatfollows. 11.Cleanup. 4

Observationsand Conclusions Completethedatatablebelowbylistingthe finalcolorsin eachpapercup.Givethetotal amountof water in eachpapercupin milliliters(ml). PaperCup Colorof Water TotalAmountof Water (ml) ______A B C D E F

Checkybur chartwithyourteacher. Go backandfill in the purposeof thislab. 1 - iwqw

LAB GRADING RUBRIC

5-Flawless 4-Good 3- Fair 2- Needs improvement 1- Incomplete or nonexsistant

IN CLASS PROCEDURE Did youfollowthedirections during theexperiment as well as all of the safety requirements and classroom regulations?

DATATABLES Where your data tables accurateand complete?

OUESTIONS Did you answer all of the questions with complete sentences using your extensive scientific knowledge?

OUALITY Is your lab neat and ibe?

PROMPTNESS Did you hand in yr lab . time? Lak are due the day aftir they are completed in dais. If y lab is mare than five days late you must make up th4ntire lab P 7.00AM

Total-

Name:. Lab # ____ Name bate UibJ__ C. YOUMeW q&

INTRObUCTION: In this labyouwill observethe changein iceovertime...the questionis howcanyoumeasurechange? bifferent changestake different amountsof time to becompleted.Wecan comparethesechangesusinga formulacalledthe Rateof Change. changeinfield value Rateof change changeintime

Flashfloods,earthquakes,andlightninghaveveryfastratesofchange. Mountainerosion,glaciersmovingandmovingcontinentshaveVerrrrrryyyyyy sloooowwwwrates of change. Themajorelementthat determinesrate of changeis TIME!!! Fieldvalueis whateveryouare studying.(Ex.temperature, pressure,volume,mass,etc. etc.) Whenthe amountof changeis in balancewe callthis bynamicEquilibriumor EnvironmentalEquilibrium.

STEPSTO SUCCESS: 1.Makea chart Time I BeakerTemp Air Temp

2. Fill the beakerwith 20 mLof water addenoughicesothat the water levelis between30 - 35 mL. 3. Placeonethermometerin the beakeranotheronthe table. 4. Takea temperaturereading(°C)everyminute!! 5. Graphyour results: Temponthe vertical axisvsTimeonhorizontalaxis Use2 different colorsfor Air TempandBeakerTemp Name bate PLEASEANSWERIN COMPLETESENTENCESU QUESTIONS: 1. Whydoesicefloat, mentionvolume,massanddensityinyouranswer?

2. Whichof the followingdiagramsbest illustrates HOWicefloats?

__ __

3. What wasthe rate of changefor the temperatureof the icefrom minute1 to minute5? SHOWALLWORK!! a

4. What wasthe rate of changefor the temperatureof the icefrom minute5 to minute10?SHOWALLWORK!!

5. What wasthe rate of changefor the temperatureof the icefrom minute 10to minute15?SHOWALLWORK!! a Name bate

6. What wasthe rate of changefor the temperatureof the icefrom minute1 to minute15?SHOWALLWORK!!

7. Overtime the temperatureof the icewill be in balancewith room temperature,whatdowecallthis balance?

8. boesyour BeakerTemplineshowa direct, indirect or steadyrelationship?

Explain...(hint)As ______increases______goesup/down....

9. boesyour Air Templineshowa direct, indirect or steadyrelationship?

Explain...(hint)As ______increases______goesup/down....

10.Explainwhythe icemelted,basedonthe movementof heatenergybetween the air andthe beaker. , IIM

Step I: Openthe “Applications Folder”onthe desktopandclick Excel.

Step 2: In yourworksheet(pagewith boxescalledCells) LeaveCELLAl Empty. Putall the datafor yourX-axis(horizontalaxis)in ColumnA.

Step 3: In CELLBi NAMEyourvariablethat will be representedonthe Y-axis(vertical axis). This is the datathat will appearIN yourgraph! * If there is morethan 1variable...(airtempandbeakertempandsoiltemp)and they are related (sameunit)youcanplacethemin CELLCl andbi etc.. © bO NOTINCLUbEUNITS ©

Step4: Putall yourdata in the columnunderits heading(makesureCELLAl is empty).

Step 5: With ALLyourdata in the cellschoosethe “GRAPHWIZARb TOOLBUTTON” Upperright lookslikea 3-dgraph 4 Choosethe type of graphthat best expressesyourdata.(usuallylinegraphs) 41f youwantto seeit ClickandHOLbthe viewbutton 4 Whenyouhavepickedyourgraphclick:: NEXT

Step6: Makesureth_ Columnsbutton is filled in. 4 ClickNext

Step7: Title yourchart nameall parts!! RememberX-axis: Horizontal Y-axis: Vertical 4 Clicknext

Step 8: If youwantthe graphin the samepageasyourdata(goodidea): As Object In If youwantthe chart to beseparatefrom the dataclick: New 4 ClickFINISH whendone

Whencompletedto changethe lookof yourgraph

Step9: If youwantto playwith the viewof the graph: • bOUBLECLICKanyarea(PlotArea,Legend,ChartArea,)to changethe backgroundor font andother stuff. • bO NOTCHANGETHEPROPERTIES..please© Name Period: (zf\ k*c1cy

Looking at a problem scientifically means you take a close look at the facts involved in a problem. Like many areas of science, earth science answers questions by beginning with the facts, such as observations and the recorded data. Interpreting the facts often involves plotting the data on a graph. The shape made by a line on

a graph reflects the data used to make the graph. 7

ci) 6

0 o , 5

(j (44 .-1 4 Q.4 o U1 0 -‘-I 3 V - .-i .-. -1 .,-4 2

1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 Year 1. Where do earth scientists begin when trying to answer

questions.

2. What is often done with data collected in earth science?

3. What was the world population in 1950?

4. What is the population expected to be in the year 2000?

5. In which year was the world population 1 billion? Baseyour answers to questions MASSESAND)LUMESOFEARTHMATERIALS 15 through 19 on know) 14 your 1- I edgeofearth scienceand onthe -I- Li graph atthe right, whichshows ( I :r 1 1 the massesandvolumesof four iu . different earth materials. , 1 I I 15. Which material has I the greatest density? 1 (1)A • (2) B l D (3) C U, : (4)D 8.C

6.0.? . - .. 4.0 : : ::: 2.0 • - - - . . -

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 Volume(cm3) 16. If the density of water is 1 g/cm3, which material will float on water? (1) A (2) B (3) C (4) D 17. \Vhat is the mass of sample C if its volume is 3.0 cubic centi meters? (1) 7.5 g (2) 2.1 g (3) 3.0 g (4) 21 g 18. Which material has a density of 4.0 g/cm3? (1) A (2) B (3)C (4)D 19. The two solid blocks below are made of the same material and are under the same temperature and pressure conditions. If the mass of block X is 54 gTams,what is the mass of block Y?

1.0’

(1) 18 g (2) 27 g (3) 54 g (4) 108 g 1.lc Earth’scoordinatesystemof latitudeandlongitude,withthe equatorand prime meridianas referencelines,is baseduponEarth’srotationandour observationof the Sunandstars. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeas1 & 3 Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

1.1c Latitudeandlongitudelab Text book- Page124 AppendixB — page664 AppendixB — pages654-655

4 Astrolabe ___ PURPOSE Thepurposeof the Astrolabeis to demonstratehow an instrumentcanhelp us fmdourlocationon the surfaceof the Earth. Facts

TheNorth Staris locatedon an imaginary linethatpassesthroughtheNorth and SouthPoles.It is calledthe “Axisof Rotation”forplanetEarth. How far is the North away Star(Polaris)?______TheHorizonis the linethat is formedas yousee wherethe skymeetsthe land (atmospheremeetsthe ______).

A free-swingingweighwillalwayspointtowardthe centerof theEarth, whichis perpendicularto the horizon.

Procedure

o To constructan Astrolabe. o Materials o Protractor o Straw o String o Penny o Tape

o Record all data on the attached DataSheet.

o Whileon the FootballField’sZeroYardLine?Takeyour Astrolabeandmeasurethe angleabovethe horizonto the top of onethe GoalPosts.

o Repeatthismeasurementon everyotherYardLineuntilyou are directlyunderthe goalpost.

o RepeatthesemeasurementsfromtheLefthashmarkandalsofor the Righthashmark. Questions

1. Explainwhathappenedto the anglesas you movedtowardthe GoalPost.

2. Comparethe angularmeasurementswhenyou movedfromhash markto hashmarkon the sameYardLine.

3. If the Southendof the FootballField(The GoalLine)represent the Equatorand directlyunderthe GoalPostsrepresentedthe NorthPole.Howwouldyou relatethis to measurementsystem use on the surfaceof the Earth?

4. Whatis the relationshipbetweenthe altitudeof Polarisandyour Latitude?

5. Whatis the relationshipbetweenyour latitudeandthe altitude of Polaris? I 8 4/e i2ezud/ IIII...1I1i _____ - f-i 1 S

1 -.- - i_i- -T.

-i--I-i-:-- ,

------H- In

——

— ._L___L._ - J:t qo.

Io. I —

I— i..:

—- 1 Name Class ______Date ______

CHAPTER LABORATORYINVESTIGATION Earthquakes and Volcanoes

LocatingPatternsofEarthquake andVolcanoDistribution

Problem What is the worldwide pattern of earthquake and volcano distribution?

Materials (per student) world map showing longitude and latitude 4 pencils of different colors

Procedure 1. Use the information in the table to plot the location of each earthquake. Use one of the colored pencils to label on the world map each earthquake location ‘withthe letter E inside a circle. 2. Do the same thing for volcanoes. Use another colored pencil and the letter V inside a circle. 3. Use another pencil to lightly shade the areas in which earthquakes are found. 0 4. Use another pencil to lightly shade the areas in which volcanoes are found.

Earthquakes - Volcanoes

Longitude_1 Latitude Longitude Latitude 120°W 40°N 150°W 60°N 110°E 5°S 70°W 35°S 77°W 4°S 120°W 45°N 88°E 23°N 61°W 15°N 121°E 14°S 105°W 20°N 34°E 7°N 75°W 00 74°W 44°N 122W 40°N 70°W 30°S 30°E 40°N 10°E 45°N 60°E 30°N 85°W 13°N 160°E 55°N 125°E 23°N 37°E 3°S 30°E 35°N 145°E 40°N 140°E 35°N 120°E 10°S 12°E 46°N 14°E 41°N 75°E 28°N 105°E 5°S 150°W 61°N 35°E 15°N 70°W 30°S I 68°W 47’S

2. Are volcanoes scattered randomly or concentrated in definite zones?

3. Are most earthquakes and volcanoes located near the edges or near the center of continents?

4. Are there any active volcanoes near your home? ______Has an earthquake occurred near your home? ______

Analysis and Conclusions 1. Describe any patterns you observed in the distribution of earthquakes and volcanoes.

S 2. What relationship exists between the locations of earthquakes and of volcanoes?

3. On Your Own On a map of the United States, locate active volcanoes and areas of earthquake activity in the fifty states.

-S

44 9009

S00C

N.91

3O9 M009 M0O O9I Name Class Date Chapter17 SharpenYourSkills:Makingmaps ) TheEarth’sChangingSurface

1. During the next two months, collect newspaper clippings dealing with earthquakes, floods, volcanoes, and other “earth-changing” events. 2. On the map of the world provided below, indicate the site of each event. Use a different-colored pencil for each category of event. Include a key with your map. How did each event alter the earth’s surface?

Key

.515 0 ‘no

)15 0

Major Understandings: 1.2a The universeis vast and estimatedto be over ten billion years old. The current theoryis that the universewas createdfrom an explosioncalled the Big Bang. Evidencefor this theory includes: - cosmicbackgroundradiation - a red-shift(the Dopplereffect)in the lightfromvery distantgalaxies. StandardI MathematicalAnalysis Key Idea I ScientificInquiry Key Idea 1 Standard2 InformationalSystems Key Idea 1 Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale Key Idea3 - Equilibrium& Stability Key Idea4 - Patternsof Change Key Idea 5 - Optimization Key Idea6 Standard7 - Connections Key Idea I

Resource& LabActivities 1.2a Big Bangballoonlab. Laserdisk — astronomy Train whistletransparencyanddemonstration

11 I .2b Starsform whengravitycausescloudsof moleculesto contractuntil nuclear fusionof light elementsinto heavieronesoccur. Fusionreleasesgreatamountsof energyovermillionsof.years. -Thestarsdifferfromeachotherinsize,temperature,andage. -Our Sun is a medium-sizedstar withina spiralgalaxyof stars knownas the MilkyWay. Our galaxycontainsbillionsof stars,and the universecontains billionsof suchgalaxies. Standard2 - InformationSystems KeyIdea1 Standard6 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - Optimization KeyIdea6 • Standard7 - Connecóns KeyIdea1

Resource& LabActivities I .2b- H.R.diagrams— page15ReferenceTables.

12 I .2c Our solarsystemformedaboutfive billionyearsagofroma giantcloudof gas anddebris. GravitycausedEarthandtheotherplanetsto becomelayeredaccordingto densitydifferencesintheirmaterials. -The characteristicsof the planetsof the solar systemare affectedby each planet’slocationin relationshiptotheSun. -TheTerrestrialplanetsare small,rocky,and dense. The Jovianplanetsare large,gaseous,andof lowdensity. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeaI Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.2c— ProjectionslidesAstronomy 1.2c- Referencestablespage10;InferredPropertiesof Earth’sInterior 1.2c- Referencetablespage15;SolarSystemData

13 I .2d - Asteroidscometsand meteorsare componentsof our solarsystem. -Impact events have been correlatedwith mass extinction and global climatic change. -Impactcraterscan be identifiedin Earth’scrust. StandardI MathematicalAnalysis Key Idea 1 ScientificInquiry Key Idea I Standard2 InformationalSystems Key Idea I Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale Key Idea 3 - Equilibrium& Stability Key Idea4 - Patternsof Change Key Idea5 - Optimization Key Idea6 Standard7 Connection Key Idea 1

Resource& LabActivities 1.2d — Http://scrtec.org/track/tracks/f0711O.html Referencetables page9; GeologicHistoryof NewYork State.

14 BAYPORT-BLUEPOINTUNIONFREESCHOOLDISTRICT BAYPORT,NEWYORK

EARTH SCIENCE

Standard4

Studentswill understandand apply scientificconcepts,principles,and theories pertainingto the physicalsettingand livingenvironmentand recognizethe historical developmentof ideasinscience. KeyIdeal:

The Earthand celestialphenomenacan be describedby principlesof relativemotion andperspective.

Peoplehaveobservedthe starsfor thousandsof years,usingthemto find direction, notethepassageof time,andto expresstheirvaluesandtraditions.As ourtechnology hasprogressed,so hasunderstandingofcelestialobjectsandevents.

Theoriesof the universehavedevelopedovermanycenturies. Althoughto a casual observercelestialbodiesappearedto orbita stationaryEarth,scientificdiscoveriesled usto the understandingthat Earthis oneplanetthat orbitsthe Sun,a typicalstar in a vast and ancientuniverse. We now inferan originand an age and evolutionof the universe,aswespeculateaboutitsfuture. As we lookat Earth,we findcluesto its originandhowit haschangedthroughnearly fivebillionyears,aswellastheevolutionof lifeonEarth.

I Topic 1.1 Sub Topic 1.2a Lesson: TheOriginof the’LJniverse

Using the following linkz, answer the questions below that link... Good Luck!! http://liftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/toc.asp?s=Universe

1. How old is the universe? 2. How was it created? 3. How has it evolved over time?

http://liftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/academv/universe/b bang.html

1. Approximately how long ago did the big bang occur? 2. What is the difference between endless expansion and the Big Crunch? 3. How old is our Solar System? 4. Draw a side view of our Galaxy or import a picture into Word? 5. Draw or import a top view of our Galaxy where would we be?

htt://liftoff.msfc.nasa.ov/academy/universe/how_biintro.html

1. Click on the very bottom of the picture, or the universe section. What is the Universe mostly made up of? 2. How many Galaxies could there possibly be? Visit Plasma: 3. Is there a lot of matter in the plasma state in the Universe? On Earth? 4. Is it visible on Earth? Explain...

Go Back and visit the Galaxies Section: http://liftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/academy/universe/how_biggalaxy.html

I. What are galaxies composed of’? 2. What types of Galaxies are there? 3. Draw or import an image of each type.

Go Back and visit the Solar System Section: http://liftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/academv/universelhowbigsolar.html

1. How many stars are there in our Solar System? 2. Other than planets what objects move throughout our Solar System? 3. Compare some of these objects and the way they move through the Solar System. http:/Iliftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/academv/space/solarsvstem/solarsvstemjava.html

Visit the Interactive Solar System....This is Absolutely Awesome!!!!! Be sure to Read the Caption above the Graphic !!! I

Objective:What is the originandfate of the Universe? 1.Whobeganinvestigatingthe visiblespectraof the galaxy?

2. What did hediscoveraboutnearbygalaxiesanddistant galaxies?

3. What is the boppleraffect?

4. bescribethe changeinappearanceandwavelengthbetweennearbyanddistant galaxies.

5. bescribethe difference betweenred-shift andblue-shift galaxies.Howmany are red-shift andblue-shift? Why?

6. ExplainHubble’sLaw,whatdoesthis meanaboutthe universe? ORIGIN ANI) FATE OF TIlE UNIVERSE In the late 1920s,Edwin Ilubble beganinvestigating the visible spectraof galaxiesand arrived at OflC of (lie most important asirl) nomical discoveriesof the twenticih century. Iltibblc discovered thai nearby galaxiesare moving away From us slowly while more distant galaxiesare rushing away From us much more rapidly.

The evidencethat the galaxiesare actually rushing awayfrom U lies in their spectra(colors producedwhenwavelengthsof light are separated).Suchspectrashowtwo dark lines (H & K) produced by the element calcium. Photographsof three different galaxiesare shownon the left in Figure F-S.The largestappearinggalaxy(top) is the nearestand the smallestappearinggalaxy(bottom) is the fart thest.The of the areshownto the right. In theseillus spectra galaxies VIRGO trations,the actualspectraof the galaxiesarethe fuzzybandsof light 1.200 KU/sEc in the middle oFeachspectrum.The line aboveand below are ref erencemarkerssothat comparisonscanhemade.Notice that in the spectraof thegalaxies,only the two dark spectrallinesof calcium(I-f Ill III I III & K) are easily seen.In lab experiments,thesetwo lines normally appear in the blue colors of the spectrum. In the spectrum of the nearestgalaxy(Virgo), the two spectrallinesareshiftedonly slightly III ‘I I I III BOREALIS toward the red end (the right) of the spectrum. Notice that the CORONA 22.000KM/S(c linesin the moredistantgalaxieshaveshiftedevenfurther toward the red end (right) f the spectra.In the mostdistant galaxy(Hydra), the two lines haveshifted all the wayacrossthe spectrumand are III III I III the red colors. among U_JI1 I-•-. ,u. The spectraof galaxieshaveshown a shift to the red end of the spectrum.That’s becauseof the Dopplereffect— a changeof light or III ‘I U, r ,ii sound wavelengths as a source moves toward or away from the 61,000 KU/SEC observer. I.ight wavesof an object speedingaway through space will stretch into wavelengths,or red-shift. Light wavesspeed FigureF-S. The longer redshiftsof galaxies.Photographsof threegalaxiesare towarduswill he into shorterwavelengths,or blue-shift. shownon the left. ing squeezed Theircorrespondingspectraareshownon the right A red-shift in the of indicatesthat the galaxyis mov spectra a galaxy Nearbygalaxies(whichlook big) havelow redshitts.Distantgalaxies ing away from us.The greater the red-shift, the higher the speed. (whichtooksmall)havehigherredshifts. Sinceall galaxieshavered-shifts, they are all movingawayfrom us. From the Doppler effect, iluhhle concludedthat nearbygalaxiesare movingawayfrom usslowly,while more distantgalaxiesare moving awayfrm usmuchmore rapidly.This relationshipbetweendistance and speedsof galaxiesis Ilubble’s law. The galaxiesthemselvesare not expanding,just the spacebetweenthe galaxies. To better understandllubhle’s law, imaginesomeoneblowing up a balloon with a numberof spotson the balloon (seeFigure F-6). As the balloon expands, the spots iecome more distant from one another. Further, asseenfrom anyspot, the other spotsare moving awaywith a speedthat increaseswith an increasein distance.Nearby spots are moving awayslowly, while the distant sports are moving more rapidly. Byanalogy,the real meaningof Hubble’s Law is he unit(’rse iS expatthng. I II

THE bOPPLEIAFFECT The study of light andsoundwavescanexplainthe boppler affect. Asa Train travels towardsyouthe soundbecomeslouderand higher in pitch. After it passes,the soundbecomesquieter andlower in pitch. HOWANb WHY? BLUESHIFT Eb SHIFT

HUBBLE’SLAW br. Hubblestudiedthe boppleraffect above,in light waves comingtowardsthe Earth from other galaxies. He noticedthat all of the light energywasreachingEarth ina RedShift pattern. Hubble than inferred that all galaxiesare travelingawayfrom eachother. The closergalaxiesare alsomovingawayslowerthan far awaygalaxies. HOWbIb HE KNOWTHIS?

ARETHEGALAXIESCHANGING? Ilir ‘i i;u rut t:liaiige in the vavcleugtlis of light that. u tins wltt,ii an object is InoYllig toward or away liuiii (lit Lauthi is called the

0 Name: bate:

In this computerlabyouwill studythe Planetsof our SolarSystem. To helpyou understandthe widevariety of difference betweenthe planetslet’stake a lookat all the planetsandthenyoucanstudythe planetthat youchosefrom the hat...© GoodLuck!! Goto NetscapeNavigatorandTypethe followingURLin andpress“Return”;

http: //scrtec . org/track/tracks/f07110. html INNERPLANETS Mercury: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: jistance from Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites):

Venus: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription:

istancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites): Earth: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.Densityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites):

Mars: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.Densityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription:

Distancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites): OUTERPLANETS Jupiter: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites):

Saturn: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites): Uranus: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites):

Neptune: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave.bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites): Pluto: PlanetSymbol: Massof Planet:

Ave. bensityof Planet:

Atmospherecontents(ifany):

PlanetSurfaceType/bescription: bistancefrom Sun:

Numberof Moons(satellites): or the planetYOUPICKEbfind 10interestingfacts that youdiscoveredwhilestudyingthe lanets. 1.

10. Name:. LOI tf bate: Goto the site wevisited for the PlanethuntandClickonthe SmallBodiesof Space. http://scrtec.org/trac k/tracks/f 07110.html COMETS: http://seds.IpI.arizona.edu/ninelanefs/nineIanets/comets.htmI Whenthey are nearthe j andactive,cometshaveseveraldistinct parts:

• nucleus:

• coma:

• hydrogencloud:

• dust tail:

• ion tail:

Whydoesthe iontail alwayspointawayfrom the sun?

What is the mostfamouscomet?

Howoften doesit passby Earth?

Whenis the next time it will passby? Asteroids: httD://seds.IpI.arizono.edu/nineplanets/nineplanels/asteroids.hfml

HowmanyAsteroidshavebeendiscovered?

Howare Asteroidsclassified?

Whereis the MainAsteroid Belt located? Using the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram provided in He E311, answer the following questions. 1. What is the surface approximate temperature of the sun? ______2. Would the surface temperatureof the starsclasfled as white dwarfs be generally higher or lower than that of stars classifiedassupergiants?

3. a. What is the color of the stars shown on the diagram that havethe highestsurface temperature?

b. What is the color of the stars shownon the diagram that havethe lowestsurface temperature?

c. List the colors of the Stars from the color of the hottest star to the color of the coldest star:

Color of hottest star ______

Color of coldest star 4. Most of the stars shown on the diagram are classifiedas which type of star?

5. Our sun is classified as which type of star? 6. How is it possible for white dwarfs to have a lor luminosit than the sun even though the sun is much cooler than the white dwarfs? I

4 UfsCycI.ofaStw

sr B’ackhole f, \ Suern’ S1 :dr --

Star Neutronstar formation

Blck dwarf (dssd .l:e dwsrf star)

P,MIs.-M, . PERFORMANCEINDICATOR1.1 Explain complex phenomenasuch as tides, variationsin day length,solarinsolation,apparentmotionof the planets,and annual traverseoftheconstellations. MaiorUnderstandincis: 1.la Mostobjectsinthesolarsystemarein regularandpredictablemotion. -Thesemotionsexplainsuchphenomenaas the day,the year,seasons, phasesofthemoon,eclipses,andtides. -Gravityinfluencesthe motionsof celestialobjects. Theforceof gravity betweentwo objectsin the universedependson their massesand the distancebetweenthem. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 - ScientifléInquiry KeyIdeasI & 3 Standard6 - Magnitude&Scale KeyIdea3 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.la Eveningskieslab 1.1a Moondiscoveryhttp:I/scitec.oraltrack/tracks/083/cO834OAA.html 1.1a Creatingsolarandlunareclipselab 1.la Moonphasesinclassroom 1.la Darksideofthemoonpennylab

2 1.lb NineplanetsmovearoundtheSunin nearlycircularorbits. -Theorbitof eachplanetis an ellipsewiththe Sunlocatedat one of the foci. -Earthis orbitedbyonemoonandmanyartificialsatellites. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeasI & 3 Standard6 -Magnitude& scale KeyIdea3 :Equilibrium&stability KeyIdea4 -Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.Ib Planethunthttp://scitec.org/track/tracks/f0711O.html Laserdiskastronomy HRdiagrampage15—referencetables

3 1.1d Earthrotateson an imaginaryaxisat a rateof 15degreesperhour. To people on Earth,thisturningoftheplanetmakesit seemasthoughtheSun,themoon,andthe starsaremovingaroundEarthoncea day. Rotationprovidesa basisfor oursystemof localtime;meridiansof longitudearethebasisfortimezones. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeas1 & 3 Standard6. . • - Magnitude& scale KeyIdea3 - Patternof Change Keyldea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.ld Laserdisk

5. 1.le The Foucault pendulum and the Coriolis effect provide evidence of Earth’s rotation.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis Key Idea I - ScientificInquiry Key Ideas1 & 3 Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale Key Idea3 - Patternof Change Key Idea5

Resource& Activities 1.1e FoucaultPendu’umand Coriolisdemonstrations. The Simpson’sCorioliseffectepisode(video) Laserdisk.

6 1.lf Earth’schangingpositionwith regardto the Sunand the moonhas noticeable effects. EarthrevolvesaroundtheSunwithitsrotationalaxistiltedat 23.5degreesto a lineperpendicularto theplaneof itsorbit,with.theNorthPolealignedwithPolaris.

-DuringEarth’sone-yearperiodof revolution,thetilt of itsaxisresultsin changes in the angleof incidenceof the Sun’sraysat a givenlatitude;these changes causevariationinthe heatingofthesurface.Thisproducesseasonalvariationin weather. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeasI & 3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard3 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Strategies KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities I if Angleof insolationlaboratoryexperiment. Laserdiskastronomy

7 I .Ig Seasonalchangesintheapparentpositionsofconstellationsprovideevidenceof Earth’srevolution.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - ScientificInquiry KeyIdeas1& 3 Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.lg EveningSkieslaboratoryinvestigation.

8 1.lh TheSun’sapparentpaththroughtheskyvarieswithlatitudeandseason. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea3 • Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5 • Standard7 - Strategies KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 1.lh DiurnalmotionsoftheSunlaboratoryinvestigation. Sun’spathusingcelestialsphereslaboratoryinvestigation.

9. http://trackstar.scrtec.org/main/display.php3?trackid= TrackstarMOONDISCOVERY. Monday,June25, 2001 8340

Grade(s): Entermediate(3-4) MOONDISCOVERY. iddle (5-9) igh School(9-12) Subjects(s): Science Track# 8340 Annotationsby: BryanFranke •Last Modified: 13-DEC-99 •Format: ot specified ViewTrack: •Awards: [viewinFramJ LJ

Track Description:Studentswill useinternetsitesto answerintroductoryquestionsaboutthe moonspropertiesandeffectson Earth.Thisis a lead-inactivityto thestudyof the moon. KEYWORDS:earthscience,solarsystem,astronomy,moon.

SearchTracks EditthisTrack Help

Searchothertopics: EditTrack(passwordrequired) ChoosingTextor FramesView SearthHeii CustomizeTrack(loginrequired)ChoosingEditversusCustomize

_____ ContacttheTrackStarTeam aboutthisTrack AllTracksbythisUser Backto TrackStarHome

KPRTEC qpfl\’q441eachers

Page:1 NAME DATE CLASS TRANSPARENCY44

TheSun-Earth-MoonSystem Chapter22

MOONPHASES

2. 4.

5. 1.

Night Day

7..

Copynght© Glencoe/McGrow-HiII,a divisionof TheMcGraw-HillCompanies,Inc. 87 NAME ______DATE______CLASS______TRANSPARENCY44

TheSun-Earth-MoonSystem Chapter22 MOONPHASES 1. What are moon phases?

2. What causes moon phases?

3. How does a new moon differ from a full moon?

4. In terms of the moon, what do waxing and waning mean?

5. Why does the moon shine?

6. Following the new moon, does the moon begin to wax or wane?

7. Are there times other than the new moon when the moon can’t be seen?

8. In which direction does the moon revolve around Earth? ThM©o° AffectmiTd

Along the coastLine, the water level is inntinnlly Neap tides, those with the smallest tidal range, ...anging caused by the gravitational attraction of the also occurtwice a month but at the first and third quar Moon and the Sun. Although the Sun is much more ter phases. At the quarter phases the gravitational massive than the Moon, the Moon is much closer to the atfraction of the Sun Is pulling at a right angin to that Earth. Thus, its gravitation has a greater impact on of the Moon. the tides. As the Earth ratates, the tides move around the Earth alternating between high and low tide approximately every six hours. _td° ‘II Moon Tides Pull Spring of Moon Moon Pull of Sua -. Earth (less than Pull of Moon) High& LowTId.s Tidesore primarilythe restitof thegravitatiOfl Pull of umnon between tie Ea1i the MOOfl. 1Ir1 puS of

Neap Tide. Moon and low tide 1) Tidal range (differencebetween high lld.s and full Moon springandNeap ‘s) varies during the month. At new producedwhenthegravi reinforces that of the SpringTidesof largerangeare s, the Sun’s gravitation ofboththeMoonandtheSunislined the range. tationalattraction .in’s resulting in tides with greatest onthesameaxis.NeapTidesofsmallrangearepro These tides are called.spriflg tides. ducedwhenthe gravitationalattractionoftheSunand the Moonare at rightangles(°) o theEarth.

1.Eventhoughthe &m islargerthanthe moan,why.doesthe moonhavea greatergravitationaladvantage

2. WhatisthetidaF,ng

3. Wht.àrrangentoftheEarth MoonandSunresultinSpringtides?

4. Whatarrangementof the Earth MoonandSunresultinNeaptides?

gorTLJs..Whatpha and/oreclipsemustweeipence far Zji TIde7 Name: Period:

The Moon Diameter

Distance from Earth

Period of rotation

Period of revolution

SUN

UN Word Bank: solar eclipse, shadow, rotate

Earth, period, lunar eclipse

dark, revolve, moon

The takes 27 1/3 to once on moon days ______it’s axis. This is the same amount of time it takes the moon to around the Since the ______once ______. moons

of rotation is the it’s ______same as period of revolution the side of the faces same ______always the Earth. The other side is often incorrectly referred to

the side of the A as ______moon. ______occurs when the moon comes between the sun and the Earth.

A ______occurs when the moon passes through the Earth’s Name: Date: DiurnalMotionsoftheSun INTRODUCTION: Many times you have observed the sun rising in the morning, moving across the sky during the thy and setting in the evening. You must realize that this is only apparent motion of the sun. Daily change of the sun is very difficult to notice but over time the change is drastic when spread out through time. In this lab you will examine the motion of the sun more closely and look for evidence of change in the suns path called Diurnal Motion.

VOCABULARY:

Arc:

Zenith:

Diurnal Motion:

Altitude:

STEPSTO SUCCESS:

1. Place the celestial sphere on your azimuth sheet, mark N, S, E,and W. 2. Using the azimuth direction and the altitude mark the position of the sun on the celestial sphere, using the Special Pencil, 3. After placing the sun position (dot) on the sphere, connect them. 4. Use the data sheet to complete the diurnal motion. ( See figure 1) 4. Complete the diagrams on the next page andJib questions.

Altitude

Azimuth I

77i ‘1° A) 1-c/e OLYJ

Time Marchor September December21-22 June21-22 21-22

• Attitude Azimuth Altitude Azimuthj Altitude Azimuth 5:00am ------0 69

6:00am 0 90 -- -- 11 78 7:00am 12 100 0 117 24 88 8:00am 23 113 6 123 37 95 9:00am 32 126 13 136 48 108 10:00am 40 142 19 150 60 123 11:00am 45 161 22 165 68 145 12:00pm 48 180 24 180 72 180 1:00pm 45 203 23 196 68 219 2:00pm 41 222 20 211 60 245 3:00pm 33 239 14 226 48 264 4:00pm 24 252 6 239 37 270 5:00pm 14 262 0 247 24 282 6:00pm 0 270 -- -- 11 291 7:00pm ------0 298

Trace out the apparentmotionof eachsunbelow.

•51 N

Event: bate:

-5 N M

Event: Evens: bate: Date: QUESTIONS: ANSWERIN COMPLETESENTENCESI!!!’ PLEASE....

i. Solarnoonoccurswhenthe sunis at its highestpointin the sky,whataltitude is solarnoon Sfor becember21,March 21,September21andJune21in NYstate?

2. Whichpathreceived12hoursof dayandnight?Why? (Hint:direct ray location...)

3. Whicharc wasthe longest?Explainwhythis makessense...

4. Whatore the two factors that influencetemperature. the-most?

5. In a-sentenceor two explainwhythe sunappearsto changepositionin the-sky;

6. Whichpathof the sunwould.result.inthe.longestshadow.ofa vertical postat solarnoon?

7. boesthe suneverreachyourzenithwhenyou.arein NYState?Whyor Whynot S 8. At what rate doesthe sunappearto moveacrossthe Southernsky from sunriseto sunset? Why?

9. What is directly responsiblefor the Sunspaththroughthe sky?

10. Duringthe yearThelengthof daylightchanges,whydoesthis occur?

11.Duringwhattime of the yeardoesthe sunrise Southof East?boesthis makesense?

12.Duringwhattime of yeardoesthe sunrise dueEast?Doesthis makesense?

BONUS!!l0pts. Fill in the chart below:

Event bate of DaylightHours NightimeHours Altitude of Sun Event fOQO Winter Solstice Vernal_Equinox SummerSolstice AutumnalEquinox . .

JI’, A

0 a

—U)

— £ . — 0. 1

e ,.. : rn Tn 7

f’l 0,, “I, I

No...,., %%I S IV-A-lc SUPPLEMENTARYSHEET#1 ANALYSISOF HIGHNOONOBSERVATIONS

Observationsof the sunweremadeeachweekfor oneyear. Measurements of themaximumaltitudeof the sunwere•taken.The.timeof day at whichthe maximumaltitudeoccurredwas alsonoted. The tablecontainsthe observationsas recordedon thedayslisted.

Drawa graphof thedatain the tableusingcoordinatesof altitudeon the vertical axis and time the horizontal axis.. Each point ;eprésents where the sun was at Thigh noon on the particular day.

Maximum Maximum Altitude Timeof Altitude Timeof of the sun Maximum of the sun Maximum Date degreesminutesAltitude Date degreesminutes Altitude Jan. 1 24 54 12:03 July1 71 07 12:04 8 25 37 12:06 8 70 30 12:05 15 26 40 12:09 15 69 33 12:06 22 28 04 12:11 22 68 19 12:06 29 31 46 12:13 29 66 48 12:06

Feb.5 32 44 12:14 Aug.5 65 01 12:06 12 33 56 12:14 12 63 02 12:05 19 36 19 12:14 19 60 50 12:03 26 38 52 12:13 26 58 28 12:02

Mar. 4 41 30 12:12 Sept.2 55 58 12:00 11 44 14 12:10 9 53 23 11:57 18 47 00 12:08 16 50 42 11:55 25 49 45 12:06 23 48 00 L:52 30 45 26 11:50 Apr.1 52 29 12:04 8 55 09 12:02 Oct.7 42 34 11:48 15 57 43 12:00 14 39 55 11;.4& 22 60 09 11:58 21 37 22 11:45 29 62 25 11:57 28 35 56 11:44 May 6 64 30 11:56 Nov.4 32 40 11:44 13 66 21 11:56 11 30 37 11:44 20 67 56 11:56 18 28 49 11:45 27 69 16 11:57 25 27 17 11:47 June3 70 18 11:58 Dec.2 26 04 11:50 10 71 00 11:59 9 25 12 11:52 17 71 23 12:01 16 24 42 11:56 24 71 25 12:02 23 24 34 11:59 30 24 40 12:03

119 SupplementarySheet#2 IV-A-lc

QUESTIONS:

(A-l.43)1. a. Whatwasthemaximumaltitudeobserved? b. Whendidthemaximumoccur? C. Whatwasthe minimumaltitudeobserved? d. Whendid the minimumoccur?

2. a. Howdoesclock time(noon)comparewithsolartime (solar noon)for theyear? b. Describethe variations betweenthe times.

3. Whatmodelcanyou deviseto explainthisevidence?

120 E4•.

A. Plota graphof the sun’sangulardiameterversus time from the datatablebelow.

OBSERVATIONSOF SOLARDIAMETER (Adaptedfrom 1967Amer.Ephemeris& NauticalAlmanac) Date Angular Diameter Date Agular Diameter Jan 1 32’ 35.0” Ju1, 10 31’ 30.9” Jan 10 32’ 34.8” July ,.0 31’ 3L8” Jan 20 32’ 33.5” July30 31’ 33.6” Jan 30 32’ 31 4” Aug 10 31’ 36 4” Feb 10 32’ 23.1” Aug 20 31’ 39.8” Feb 20 32’ 24.1” Aug 30 31’ 44.0” Mar 1 32’ 20.1” Sept 10 31’ 49.0” Mar 10 32’ 15.7” Sept20 31’ 54.1” Mar 20 32’ 10 3” Sept30 31’ 59 5” Mar 30 32’ 04.9” Oct 10 32’ 05.0” Apr 10 31’ 53.8” Oct 20 32’ 10.5’ Apr 20 31’ 53 4” Oct 30 32’ 15 9” Apr 30 31’ 42.4” Nov 10 32’ 21.1’ May 10 31’ 43.8” Nov 20 32’ 25.5’ May 20 31’ 39 7” Nov 30 32’ 29 2” May 30 31’ 36.4” Dec 10 32’ 32.0” June 10 31’ 33.5” Dec 20 32’ 34.0” June20 31’ 31.7” Dec 30 32’ 35.0” June30 31’ 31.0”

What is themaximumdifferencein solardiameter onyour graph? Whatis the percentagechange? Use the formula:percentagechange• 4i.fference average Whatis the pattern of the changesin diameter of the Sun?

Whatare somepossible modelsof earth-sun motions which could support your Interpretation of the data? Whatshapeof orbit for the earth or sun would best satisfy the data In this Investigation?

127 LaboratoryInvestigation TheSolarSystem 1- 3 ____ Characteristics ofEllipticalOrbits

Background Information The shape of the school track is called an ellipse.The shape of the orbit of each planet in our solar system is also an ellipse. unlike a circle, which is a curved shapedrawn arounda single point, an ellipse is a curvedshape that is drawn around two points. Each of these points is called a focus: together they are called the foci of the ellipse. An ellipseis cescribed as eccentric because it is not shaped like a circle. The more unlike a circle an ellipse becomes, the more eccentric the ellipse is said to be. In this investigation you will draw an ellipse, calculate its eccentricity, and predict the shape of the Earth’s orbit.

An Ellipa.

Problem What is the shape of the Earth’s orbit?

Materials (pergroup) pencil sheet of paper 2 thuxnbtacka piece of string approximately 15 cm long piece of cardboard atleast as large as the sheet of paper metno ruler

Procedure 1. Tie the ends of the string together to form a loop. I sheet 2. roid a u paper into thiras: then • S UattenIt OUt. fliis ‘III heip yOU tO Sheeiof:apec properly ‘paCC the ellipsesthat you are about to draw. . I Fda lines / 3. In the top third u the :aper. maketwo dots 2 cm apart. In the middle third. I maketwo (lots cm apart. In the S • bottom third, maketwo dots3 cm apart. SeeFigure 3. Figure1 4. Placethe sheetof paperon the piece of cardboard.Carefullypushtwo tacks through one setof points. Placethe string loop around the tacks.Then usea pencil to draw an ellipsearound the two foci, pulling the string tight againstthe tacks.SeeFigure2. Usingthe same procedure.drawan ellipsearound eachof the two remainingsetsof points.

5. Becausean ellipseis not a circle, it is saidto be eccentric,or “out of round.” Figure2 The eccentricity,or “out-of-roundness,” can be calculatedand expressedasa number usingthe followingequation: distancebetweenfoci Lengthofthemajoraxis(longestaiameter)S Eccentricity = length of the major axis Measurethe distancebetweenthe foci and the length of the major axisfor eachof the three ellipsesyou havejust drawn. Usingthe equationabove, calculatetheir eccentricities.Enter your data in the DataTable. FIgure3

Observations DATATAILE Distance Lengthof Ellipse BstwssnFoci(mm) MajorAxis(mm) Eccentricity

iop (first) -. Middle(second) S Bottom(thirø) \nalysis and Conclusions 1. If you were drawingan ellipse,whatwouldhappento its shapeif youusedthe same size loop but movedthe foci fartherapart?

2. The eccentricity of an ellipsecan be expred as a number. Does the eccenrncity of an ellipse increase,decrease, or remainthe me if its shape is changed to makeit more nearly round?Note: Referto theeccenzncses of theellipsesyou drewin thu investigation.

3. What is the relationshipbetweenthe eccentricityof an ellipseand how nearlyround the

ellipse appearsto be?

Critical Thinking and Application 1. The figure below represents the Earth’s orbit drawnto scale.The sunis located at one of the foci; there is nothing at the other. Measure the distance between the two foci and the majoraxis for ce orbit drawnhere. Then calculate the eccentricityof the ellipse. Enter your data in the Data Table.

S DATATABLE 4 Distancebetweenthe twotoa = _mm

— Lengthofrnaor axis ____ mm

— Eccentricity — mm

2. Does the Earth’s orbit look more or eccentric than the three ellipsesyou drewon the sheet of paper?

3. Which diagram mostaccuratelyshowsthe shape of the Earth’sorbitdrawnto scale?

C a b

Going Further 1. Use the list of planet orbit eccenmi” to answer the followingquestions:

anat

Mercury 0.21 . Venus 0.01 Mars 0.09 Jupi$ 0.05 Saturn 0.06 Uranus 0.05 Neptune 0.01 Puta 0.25

a. Which planets hate orbits that are more eccentric than the Earth’s?

b. Which planets have orbits that are most nearly round? U )::;:.°

What is the bifference ROTATION betweenRevolutionandRotation?

REVOLUTION

What shapeisthe Earths ORBIT? Circle...

What is Eccentricity?

Object 1 Object 2 Object 3

Howcanwesummarizethe MaximumandMinimumof Eccentricity? Quick Quiz

1.The average temperature of the planets 4. Thediagrambelowrepresentsthe ellipticalorbitof the (1) increases with greater distance fromthe Sun arth around the Sun. (2) decreases with greater distance from the Sun (3) has no relationshipto the distance fromthe Sun 2g9,000,00o (4) depends only onthe chemicalcompositaonof the km atnosphere of each planet

2.Based on the diagrambelowand the EarthScience Reference Tabie. whatis the eccentricity of the ellipse shown below?

F, F-foc - mojorout At

(Notdrawntoscale)

Accordingto the distances shown in the diagram and (1) 1.0 (3) 0.25 the EarthScienceReference Tabie. which equation should be used to find of £arths (2) 0.5 (4) 0.13 the eccentricity the orbit? (I) eccentricity :299.000,000 lan 3.Accordingto the £arth Science Reference Tab1e what 5,000,000 kiii is the approximateeccentricity of the ellipse shown below? (2) eccentricity = 5,000.000 lan 299,000,000 lan (3) eccentricity = 299,000.000 lan -5,000.000 lan (4) eccentricity = 5.00(000 lan 299,000,000 lan - 9,000.000 lan C 5. Whichmodel of a planet’sorbit best represents the actual eccentricity of the orbit of Mars? [Models are drawn to scale.]

Key:• Planet DRAWNTO SCALE * Star (1) 0.90 (3) 0.25 •F2 Otherfocus (2) 2.0 (4) 4.0 (1)

(2) (4) IIIiII1Il

Page 1 Name ______Class ______Date ______Chapter3 UsingScienceSkills:Applyingconcepts

StarTrailsFromaRotatingEarth

Imagine yourself lying on a blanket and looking up at the stars on a clear, dark night. You would be very surprised to see them all moving. Yet, if you stayed on that blanket for the whole night, that is exactly what you would see. The stars appear to move because the earth is rotating on its axis. Since the earth turns 360° in 24 hours, any point on its surface moves at a rate of 15° (3600 ± 24) each hour. The stars will seem to move at this same rate. Usually this movement of the stars is unnoticed, unless the observer views the sky for hours at a time. It is possible, however, to make simple indirect observations of apparent star motion through the use of a camera. This can be accomplished by taking a time exposure. The camera is set in a fixed position with the shutter left open for a longer time than usual. Light from stars which enter the camera’s lens will produce curved lines on the film. These curved lines trace the apparent paths of those stars. Star path pictures pro duced in this fashion are called star trails. If the camera is directed toward Polaris, the North Star, star trails that result are of particular interest. Each star trail that is produced forms part of a circle, or arc, that has the North Star at its center. The longer the camera shutter is open, the longer the arcs are that are formed. If an exposure lasted for 24 hours, then the arcs would become full circles centered about Polaris. If the camera shutter was left open for 12 hours, each arc would be exactly half a circle, or 180°.Therefore, the length of the arc, in degrees, is a measure of how long the film was left exposed. Now let’s take a look at some star trails. To do so, you will need a protractor.

Steps 1. Examine the sketches of both sets of star trails in Figures 1 and 2 on the following page. Each diagram represents star trails that were made by cameras which had their shutters left open for different lengths of time. In each case the cameras were directed toward the North Star. 2. Refer to Figure 1. Use the straight edge of your protractor to draw a line from the center (Polaris) of the set of star trails to the end of any arc. Construct a second line from the center to the other end of the same arc. 3. Using a protractor, determine the size of the angle formed by the lines drawn to the two ends of the arc. This angle represents the distance, in degrees, that the earth turned on its axis during the time that the film was exposed. Record your answer in the proper place on the data table. 4. Repeat the process for an arc formed by any other star found in Figure 1. 5. Determine the average for these two values and enter it in the proper place on the data table.

Figure1 Figure2

6. Calculate the duration of the exposure, in hours, that was used to record the star trails found in Figure 1. 7. Now repeat steps 2 through 6 using the star trails in Figure 2.

Durationof LengthofStar Exposure Trailin inHours I Degrees Firststartrail Figure1 Average Secondstartrail Firststartrail Figure2 Average Secondstartrail

Questions 1. Why do you think that Polaris is the only star in the northern sky that does not seem to produce a star trail?

2. If stars do not really move, why do they seem to move?

3. A bright star is observed in the evening sky. At the end of three hours, how many degrees will this star appear to have moved? ______

116 EarthScience © 1988Prentice-HaIl,Inc. TheCorioiiEffect bate: boeswaterspindownthe drainin ourbathtub? Canyouthrow abollstraight acrossona movingmerrygoround?Yourmissionis to investigateheCorioliseffect. bueto the Earth’srotation there are terrestrial (land)observationsthat canbe made.Youhavean ideaof whathappensto the FaucultPendulum,nowfind ouwhateffect there are to windsandwater hereonEarth...©

Investigation# 1: 1. Youmustalwaysworkona levelsurface!!! 2. Stick the Velcropadstogether onthe Launcherandthe TurnTable. 3. Rollthe Stell Bollacrossthe TurnTable...WITHOUTTHETABLESPINNING!!!!

Objectsinmotiontendtostayinmotion.Weallknowthat... browthe pathof the ballacrossthe circle belowasif it werethe turn table.

QUESTIONS:

1.Sowhathappenedto the directionthat the ballmovedasit left the launcher?

2.Is this whatyouexpected?Explain... Name: bate: Investigation# 2: 1.Youmustalwaysworkona levelsurface1! 2. Stick the Velcropadstogether onthe Launcherandthe TurnTable. 3. Rollthe Steel Ballacrossthe TurnTable... WITH THETABLESPINNINGina clockwisedirection!!!!!

brawthe pathof the ballacrossthe circle belowasif it werethe’turn table.

QUESTIONS:

1.Sowhathappenedto the directionthat the ballmovedasit left the launcher?

2.Is this whatyouexpected?Explain... Name: bate: Investigation# 3: 1.Youmustalwaysworkona levelsurface1!! 2. Stick the Velcropadstogetheronthe Launcherandthe TurnTable. 4. Rollthe Steel Ballacrossthe TurnTable... WITH THETABLESPINNING ina counter-clockwisedirection!!!!!

brawthe pathof the ballacrossthe circle belowasif it werethe turn table.

QUESTIONS:

1.Sowhathappenedto the directionthat the ballmovedasit left the launcher?

2.Is this whatyouexpected?Explain...

I Evdc ©fth Erh° What isthe FocaultPendulum? M©©

Whousedit to determinethe motionof the Earth?

SideView TopView

LabPractice: 1.What happensto the motionof the FocaultPendulumasit swings?

2. Whatdirectiondoesit move?Clockwiseor Counter-Clockwise?

3. Whydoesthe FocaultPendulummoveif there is noOUTSIDEforce appliedto it?

4 Onthe diagrambelowwhatorder wouldthe pinsbeknockeddowninanexperiment? the Drawin arrows. I

1 What isthe CoriolisEffect?

What is deflection?

Howcanweexplainthe CoriolisEffect?

60N 0 Speedof this Latitude?

30N of this ______Speed Latitude?

______birectionof Rotation...

305 Speedof this Latitude?

60S Speedof this Latitude? ______p p httD:/tcovis.atrnos. uiuc.edulguide/forces/movicoriohs.inov Usethe Website aboveto answerthe followingQuestion:

Howcanyouexplainthe CoriolisEffect usinga merry-go-round? ‘egenTs Questions

Directions: Base your answers to questions I and 2 on your knowl.. edgeof Earth Science and the diagram below. The diagram repre sentsthe entire Northern Hemisphere of the Earth, as viewed by an observerdirectly over the North Pole. The letters represent positions on the surface of the Earth. The numbersrepresent stationary positions in space directly above the Earth’s surface. Thecurvedarrows indicatethedirection of theEarth’srotation on its axis.

1. A rocket is fired from the North Pole directly at point A. To an observer at point X on the Earth’s surface, the rockets path appears to curve and it misses point A. This is evidence that (1) the gravitational attraction varies over the surface of the Earth (2) the Earth rotates on its axis (3) the Earth SUP1S orbits around the Sun in an elliptical path (4) differences in 4, 6 .2 -s RAYS air pressure exist between the North Pole and point A -U 2. A Foucault pendulum is set in motion at the North Pole so that it traces a path along line D-B. After six hours, an observer in space directly over the North Pole would see the A pendulum tracing a path between positions (I) and 2 (2)land3 (3)2and4 (4)3and4

3. As one moves fror the poles toward the equator, the velocity of the Earth’s surface caused by the Earth’s rotation (1) decreases (2) increases (3) remains the same 4. The Foucault pendulum provides evidence that the Earth (1) rotates on its axis (2) revolves around the Sun (3) has a spherical shape (4) is inclined on its axis

5. The diagram at the right represents a Poucault pendulum in a building in NewYork State. Points A and A’ are fixed points on the floor. As the pendulum for swings sixhours, it will (1) appear to change position due to the Earth’s rotation (2) appear to change position due to the Earth’s revolution (3) con. tinue to swing between A and A’ due to Inertia (4) continue to swing between A and A’ due to air pressure Why Toilet Bowl Water Twirls Clockwise The second battle involves visualizing a slosh substance hovering over the spinning Earth. Round out the Earth again, and picture a stationary air mass hovering over the equator say, the Amazon basin. This air is stationary only in relation to the Earth. Viewed from space, that air is actually moving at about 1.04 miles per hour, keeping pace with the ground beneath it.

Now excise a neat cube of that air, and shove i north to the 45th parallel. The ground here is moving under the cube of air at 740 miles per hour, but the cube of air continues tooling aloi at 1,040 miles per hour. Whereas it was By Hannah Holmes stationary relative to the Amazon, now it’s You know the legend: In the northern moving east at 290 miles per hour, relative to hemisphere, water goes down the toilet its new home on the 45th parallel. clockwise. And it twirls counterclockwise in the (This is Newton’s First Law: Objects in motiot southern hemisphere. It’sa cool factoid, in including cubes of air, are obligated to stay in itself. And it has a cool name -- the Coriolis motion until they get permission from a brick Force. There S wall, or a more subtle force, to slow down.) no painless way to explain how Coriolis works. though. so To recap: gird your intellectual loins for a small war. Push a floating object north, and it will appear. The first battle will be to visualize the spinning relative to which the toilet is fastened: planet to the earth. to pick up speed and move cast. Slice the Earth at the equator like a grapefruit, and flatten the northern hemisphere irno a plate. The third battle is a cakewalk. When you pushed air north from the equator, it appeared Now spin it counterclockwise. The North Pole, to gain speed and move east. Now take a cube you’llnotice, turns quite slowly. Move out to 45 of air from over the slow-spinning North Pole, degrees latitude (Minneapolis) on the plate and and nudge it south toward the 45th, where the here the ground is buzzing along at about 730 earth sweeps beneath it faster: As a cube of air miles per hour. Move way out to the edge of the that was stationary near the pole moves south, it plate and the equator is turning at 1,040 miles appears to slow down, and veer westward. per hour. (Visual aid: Betty, at the center of a (Visual aid: Picture a line of people walking merry-go-round, throws a ball to Billy at the arm-in-ann, with one end of the line always at meny-go-round’s edge. By the time the ball the North Pole. To hold their formation, the reaches the edge, however, the merry-go-round people on the outside have to run and the has moved out from under it. Billy sees the ball people near the Pole have to creep.) fall “west” of him.) Got jt2 At the equator the ground moves fastest: at the poles. it moves slowest. OK, hold those thoughts:Eitherwayyou shove a block of air, from north to south, or southto AK but this has all been a cmel and painful joke. north, it appearsto be deflectedto its right -- or clockwise.Now considera toilet in Minneapolis.The toilet is connectedto the earth, but the water is merely slosbingaround It turns out that toilet over it, like a mass of air. The whole even a a mile wide might stillbe exhibit -- contraption,however,is whipping around the too tiny to Coriolantendencies the water isn’t earth’saxis at 730 miles per hour. simply hoveringover enough latitudesto feel The Force. It takes a mass of The catch is that water floatingat the north end air manymiles in diameterto demonstratethe of the bowlhas a scidgeless ground to cover infamoustoilet twirl, and eventhen, Coriolisis per second;and the water hoveringoverthe often foiledby frictionwith the ground and south end has a skidgemore ground to cover. barometrichighjinks. So the water at the north gets a little bit ahead, So whileall of this and the water at the south gets a little bit behind, spinning shovingcan help explainprevailingwinds and other and whenyou flush, the clockwisetwirl comes the twirl in to fruition. large-scalephenomena, your toilet is determinedbyjets of water fillingthe bowl, (To get the southern-hemisphereview,revisit the shape of the drain, or, for those who cannot your spinningplate, walk to its underside,and let this myth go -- and I’veencounteredmany of you’llnote that instead of turning fromyour them -- the Conolis Fairy. right to your left, the planet is now turning from your left to your right. Takemy word for it: - Everythingelse is reversed,too.)

Vocabulary fictitious force, ii.. Coriolisisn’teven a real force, since it doesn’t make anythingspeed up or slowdown -- it only explainswhythings appear to speedor slowas the worldspins out from under them. This sort of impostoris knownas a fictitiousforce.

***Becau the equator has more distance to cover, objects move faster at the equator, when they move north or south of the equator the distance decreases for the earth to rotate. Therefore, objects move faster than the ground beneath them as they travel north or south of the equator 4 or westward. WhatareKepler’s3laws? As weknowthe Earthtravelsaroundthe SuninanEllipticalorbit...althoughit was .,otuntil the 1600’sthat couldexplainit.

Whodiscoveredour orbital path?

Kepler’sFirst Law:

Kepler’sSecondLaw:

Huh...?

HowcanThishappen?

Kepler’sThirdLaw:

Lookonbackfor worksheet: ‘C Kepler’sSecondLawinAction:

Labelthe following: Aphelion,Perihelion,HighestKineticenergy,HighPotentialEnergy,Fastest arc, slowest arc, LJ.3cr SQ’ner- ALlv) Spr,?,

Keepin mindthis diagramis anexaggeration Usepage405-406 intext to answerthe following. of the Earth’sRealorbital poth. 1. AlthoughKeplerdidn’t explainwhyorbital speedchangeswhodid? ** Theorbit looksvery 2. Whatdoesthe Universallawof gravitationshowus? closeto a perfect circle. 3. Whydon’twegoflying into outer space,whatforce keepsusorbiting? 4. Whendoesthe Earth appearto movefastest? (closer/further) tJy? 5. Althoughwetravel at different speeds,whatdoyouknowabouttime it takesto travel? INTRObUCTION: In this labweare goingto answersomequestionsthat mayhavecometo yourmindwhen lookingat the nightsky. Haveyoueverwonderedwhythe starsappearto moveacrossthe sky everynight? Haveyoueverwonderedwhysomestars are visibleduringsomepartsof the yearandnot others? bo stars actuallymove?Bythe endof this labyoushouldbe.ableto describethe motionof the stars andreasonfor apparentmotion. Wellwith all of this in mind,lookat the mapsprovidedinthe lab. Seeif youcanfind a favorite constellation,whathappenedfrom Octoberto becember...is it still the same?Let’s find out why!

VOCABULARY: 1. Rotation:

2. Revolution:

3. PointerStars:

4. ApparentChange:

5. ActualChange:

6. Latitude:

MATERIALS: Stargazingmaps,October,November,becember,January. Protractor,Pencil,

STEPSTO SUCCESS:

1. Starting with the Octobermapfollowthe directionsbelow. 2. brawa linefrom Polaristo the bueNorth azimuthdirectiononyourmap. 3. brawa linefor from Polaristhroughthe star of the Bigbipper,bbl. 4. Measurethe anglewith the protractor betweenbueNorth LineandPolarisbbl. (Hint: Rememberto placecenterof protractor onPolaris.) 5. Recordinformationfor eachmonthinyourreport sheet. 6. Repeatsteps2-5 for November,becemberandJanuary. Page2 vementRepOI OCTOBER:

Anglefromstar DbIto DueNorth ______

NOVEMBER: Anglefromstar bblto DueNorth AnglechangefromOctoberto November birectionof star movement... ______

bECEMBER: bbl Anglefromstar to bueNorth ______An9lechangefromNovemberto December

Directionof star movement...______

JANUARY: Anglefromstar bblto DueNorth ______Anglechangefrom Decemberto January Directionof star movement... ______

QUESTIONS:Answer All Questions In COMPLETESENTENCE5!!!! 1. Lookat all the mapsandnotethe positionof the stars.What happensto the stars position from Octoberto January?

2. What isthe averagedegreemovementamongthe stars eachmonth? 3. If the averagemonthhas30 days,howmanydegreesof movementperdayis there? (**Hint: Usethe unitsabove.)

4. It takes365daysfor the Earthto revolvearoundthe Sun. Howmanydegreesper day doesthe Earthtravel aroundthe Sun? (**Hint: Usethe unitsaboveandthere are 360 ° ina circle.)

5. Whywill the starsof Octoberbeobservedinthe samepositionyearafter year? EXPLAIN...

6. Lookat the star Formalhaut,whathappenedto this star in January?bid it dissapearfrom the Universe?Will it beseenagain?

7. Whichstar doesnotappearto movefrom mapto map?EXPLAINWhyor whynot?

Goingbackto the Introduction... 8. bo stars actuallymoveacrossthe sky? Therefore,is this anactua’or apparentchange?

9.If the Earthtakes24 hoursto rotate onceonit’s axis,howmanydegreesper hourdoesit rotate? (**Hint: Usethe unitsabove.)

10.Howfast dostars appearto moveacrossthe nightsky?ExplainWhy? ilivening’ 5kies

H.LON

• •

•

• p

••&•. \ r ‘

- —I Ovcrhetd z

Plcttdes • ;-

‘•I

January EveningSkic This cjeri is drawnfi,rLttituJe40’ north,but detected.TheFamousOnonNebuti.ec1ud ofgas shouldheusefultostarg.tzersthroughout thecon- . aridduetoutofwhichstarsarekirming.is marked tinentalUnitedStates.Ii representstheskyit the Theplanetsarenotplottedon thi, map.Check (Nbtin thatconstellation.TheopenorgaLacticstar foowirig Lxii standardttns: thelky CaiendarforpLanet‘isibthties. At chart clustet100) knownasthe Beehivecan he LateDecember 10p.m. time nineobjectsoffirstmagnitudeorb htecare locatedbetweentheGeminibvinsandLeo.The EarlyJanuary 9 p.m. visible.In orderof brightnessthey are Sinus. positionof an ezterrtalst&rsystem.cafledthe I LateJanuary 8p.m. Capella.Rigel.Procyon.Beielgeuse.Aidebiras.. Andromeda Cslasy after the consteDitsinin Early Tebruars’ 7 p.m. Pollu, Deneb.andReguhn.In additiontostirs, whichit appears. alsoindicated(Clal.Try to Thismapis ar’Laabk onehour eithersiJ ofthe otherob,ictithatshouldbevisibletia the urijairj uL’acrc ih’sc nb,ei’tswihunaiJoJeveanJbirit.cj abovttimes.A moredetailedchartbyCe.xgeLovi eyearelabeledon themap.ThedoublestarIDIJItat larsD.DavidBatch.AbramsPLanetarium.Migha appear, monthlyinthepubliti.x .c&i Trir,i&tv.thebendofthehan4e oftheBigDipperiseasily ginSuteLJniversity.EastLansing.Mhi1art.

NemberiDsc,mb,r ioso Sc’iencT andChiljren S. E emng’ skies

October Evening Skies of theabovetimes.A moredetailedihart by Libeledm th ,u.. I I. doublestarIDbD.t GeorgeLov appearsmonthlyin the publi. the bendof the handleof the BigDipper s This chart is drawn for ltitude 400 north cationSk md Tdrov. easilydetected.Muchmoredifficult is the but shouldbeuseFulto stargazersthrough TheplanetsJupiterandMarsareplotted doublestarnearVegainLyra. Th tiOfl outthecontinentalUnitedStates.ILrepre for mid-October19$4.At chart time eight ofanexternalstarsystem.cafled m. sents the skyat the loflowingIoca daylight oblectsof first magnitude or bnghter are ed.Galaxyaftertheconsteflat ch times: visible.In orderof brightnessthey areJu. it appears,is indicated K. to LateSeptember 11PM pater.Vega.Capeli&,Mars.Altaw.Aldeba observethcie )bW%1)with unaide ye and EarlyOctober 10PM ran.omaIhaut. aridDeneb. binoculars.D. DavidBatch.AbramsPlane LateOctober 9 PM. In jddition to stars. other obets that tarium,Mihigjn State University. East This mapisapplicableonehoureitherside should be visibleto the unaided eye are Lansing.

.,. c-,._. ,FI

\I a •••‘• 1LJ,11

...•. S..

S I S • S .4. I ‘S .:: ‘ 5’ VI3dOISSV3

I. Clx .... .• Overhead U .5 0 I C ASDROMED..t a.. • •0 GREAT SQUAHE V OF • 0 S S. a! p F.CASts

f .5

S s0tT1

November Evening Skies visibleto the unaidedeye arelabeledonthemap This chartis drawnfor latitude10’North.but Thedoublestar(Dlii tatthe bend ii’he hande o should be usefulto starazets throughoutthe The planet, are not plottedon this map.Check theBigDipper shouldbe detectablelow in the continental United StatesIt representstheskyat the SkpC.!arrida forplanetvisibilities.At chart north.Anotheriscloseto Aldebaran in theface the Followingloal standardtimes: tunenine objectsoffirst magnitudeor brighter of Taurus.Moreclo4elyspacedisthedoublestar Lats October 10p.m. arevisible.In oedetof brightnesstheyareVega. rearVegainLyra.Theposition ofaiteiternalstav Early November 9 p.m. Capefla.Rigel.Betelgeuse. Ahair. Aldebarari. system.calledtheAndromedaCaLsiryafter(he Late P4cwernber 6 pm. POUuLFomathaut.aridDeneb.Iterauseofthelow constellationinwhichit appears, is alsoinJicaed This mapisapplicableeriehoureithersideofthe altiti.ideofseveralofthebrightStan.theirrelative (Clzi Try to observethese object, with unaided abovetimes.A me Jeti.lcd chartliv Ceri,irbrilliancewillhediminished,accompaniedbyin. eyearidbinoculars0. DavidBatch.At’ra Lovi appearsmonthlyin therubtication IiIiJ creasingtwinkling. Planetarium.MichiSanState L;riiversay. tai TsIeu.v. In addition to stns, other objectsthat should be Laneing.Michigan

October 19?9 ScienceandChildren ‘4..’

S. • •5 I...

‘U3ddlcl . 31J...Lfl .

K I. a. Overhead g U,. 0

.3iI1IESI

5 .— \

DecemberEveningSkies This chartis drawri for lititudi 40 north,but star(Dbflat thebendof the handleof the Big houW beusefultostargalersthroughoutthecon Dippershouldbedetectableabovetheoret’—’ tinentalUnitedStates.It reç’resentstheskyatthe appearsmonthlyiii thepublicationSy aiii Teleov. thenorth.ThefamousOrion Nebula,a foowing lI standardtimes: Theplatwtsarenotplattedonthismap.Check gasanddustoutof whichstarsare LateNovember 10p.m. theIky Cakridar foeplanetvisibilities.At chart markedO4b) in thatconsteflaiion.Thep Lai4yDecember 9p.m. time11objectsof first magnitudeor brighterare an esternalstarsystem.calledthe Aridi - LateDecetr.b.r 6p.m. visibli InorderofbrightnesstheyareSinus.Vega. Calaxyaltertheconstellationin whichisappears, EatlyJanuary 7p.m. Capefla.RigeI.Proc’von.BeteIeuse. ,*Jtair.Aideba isalsoindicated(Clx). Trytoobservethese,bte’ts LateJanuary 6 p.m. ran.Pc’Uuz. Fomalhaut.aridDinvb. Inajditionto withusia:Je.Jeyeandbwul.irs. D. DavidBitch. Thismapisapplicableonehouresthersideof the stars,otherobects that shouldbevisibleto the AbramsPtanetarium.MichiganStateUniversity, abovetunes.A moredetailedchartbyCeorgeLovi unaidedeyeare libeledon themap.Thedouble LastLansing.Michigan. does th 7GtU?//y rvo/v?

Eventhoughthe Earth is closerto the sunwhydowe havewinter?

Forthe followingquestionsanswerif the Northern Hemisphereis tilted: towards awayor neither in relationto the sun. buringSummerin NY ______buringthe Winter in SouthAmerica ______the Winter in NY the Summerin SouthAmerica buring ______buring ______the in NY the in SouthAmerica buring Spring ______buring Spring — buringthe Fallin NY ______buringthe Fallin SouthAmerica

Summary: QAUY 90 rUousuour rueY6A23

Howcanweseedifferent Constellationsduringthe year?

Whatdowecallthe predictablepatternof constellationchange?

Whatdegreeisthe tilt of the Earthto the planeit revolves?

Whatdoyounoticeaboutthe tilt of the Earth comparedto the seasonweexperiencein the Northern Hemisphere? PERFORMANCE INDICATOR 2.2 Explain how incomingsolar radiation,ocean currents,andlandmassesaffectweatherandclimate.

MajorUnderstandings:

2.2a Insolation (solar radiation) heats Earth’s surface and atmosphere unequallydueto variationsin: - the intensitycausedbydifferencesin atmospherictransparencyandangle of incidencewhichvarywithtimeofday,latitude,andseason - characteristicsof the materialsabsorbingthe energy such,as color,’ texture,transparency,stateof matter,andspecificheat - duration,whichvarieswithseasonsandlatitude Standard1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea1 • - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard2 - Misconceptions KeyIdea2 .Standard6 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& Lab’Activities 2.2a Angleof insolationlab. 2.2a Insolationsoilvs.waterspecificheatexperiment 2.2a Insolationabsorptionandradiationexperiment 2.2a Climatologylab

44 r© ©F y

What is Electromagnetic Energy?

RIGH 4— Frequency (in cycles per second) —4 LOW 20 18 16 14 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 io8 io6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I tflfra X ultra gmTn2____ violet red radar radio r*Y5 FM TV AM rays rays rays I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I io.13 10_li io io io io.1 ic 4- DecreaMag Wave’ength (in metes) Increasing EI.cfromogn.ticSpectrum What are waves?

Particles Vibrate TransverseWav• At fight ArgIe ToTheDirecton

Wave Direction What are CrestsandTroughsandWavelength?

Howdowavesinteract with the Earth? DATE: 6orptb0fl andRadiat1 b?SoilandWater

Introduction: Approximately70 %of the Earth’ssurfaceis water. Maybethis is a good thing? What wouldhappenif the Earth were707e land? Well,we’llkeepthe water it makesfor goodwaves!!Keepin mind,there is a difference between materialsandthe amountof energythey requireto heat up...©

Materials: 2 Cups(Water andSoil) 2 thermometers Lamp

Steps to Success:

1. Arrangethe canssothey are approximately10-12cmfrom the light source. 2. Turnon lampandrecord the temperaturefor 10minutesat one-minute intervals. 3. Turn OFFlampandCONTINUETO TIME FOR10MINUTES.(11-20) 4. Recordall Temperaturesonyour report sheet. Plotyourtemperatureson the graph,2 lines.(Water andSoil) 5. Answerall Questions.

Set UpLampandCupsasShownBelow: vvuier Ie Time 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 5oiI Temp(C) — Water Temp(C)

Time 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Soil Temp(C) . Water Temp(C) . TemperatureChangeinTime

L.) IIIIIIIIlIIEItIIIIIIIIIIII 1 =

Time (mm) Questions: 1. Whichcupheatedfaster?

2. Whichcupcooledmorerapfldly?

3. Whichcontainerwasthe best absorber?ExplainWhy?

4. What doyouknowaboutgoodabsorbersandtheir ability to re- radict?

5. Whichcanhadthe greatest rate of changeinthe experiment?Explain...

6. Howdoesthe densityof the air overthe water compareto the densityof the air overthe soil?

7. Howdo landsurfacesdiffer in their ability to absorbandradiate heat energy?

Bonus+10points: Explainhowlivingonanislandwouldaffect yourtemperature, comparedto livingin the middleof a continent? Name: bate: Absopi° dd

Introduction: Hey,let’sgoto the beach!!!Well thenagainit is a little coldout! Well seeingthat it is socoldmaybewe’lljust weara dark color..,cometo think of it. Whydoweweardark colorswhenwewantto warmup? Whynot wearbright white in winter anddark colorsin the summer? Well maybethis labwill helpyoudeterminesomeof thesereasonswhy...

Vocabulary: Absorption:

Reflection:

Re-Radiation:

bynamicEquilibrium:

Materials: 3 Cups(white.,black,silver) 3 thermometers Lamp

Steps to Success:

1. Arrangethe canssothey are approximately10-12cmfrom the light source. 2. Turnon lampandrecord the temperaturefor 10minutesat one-minute intervals. 3. TurnOFFlampandCONTINUETO TIME FOR10MINUTES.(11-20) 4. Recordall Temperaturesonyour report sheet. Plotyourtemperatureson the graph.(3 linesblack,whiteandsilver) 5. Answerall Questions. pbsorPt1Ofl aridRadicitjo,1

Time 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9’lP BlackCupTemp 1— White CupTemp 1 Silver CupTemp

Time 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Black_CupTemp White CupTemp Silver CupTemp GraphingCupTemperatureChangeinTime

C-.)

------_- V -

V ------1 - -

V F- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I it I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III I I ‘ I I I I I I I I I I I

Time (mm) Questions: 1. Why is it importantto placeeachcanisterequaldistancefrom the light?

2. Whichcontainerwasthe bestabsorber?ExplainWhy?

3. Whichwasthe bestre-radiator?ExplainWhy?

4. boesyourgraphsupportwhatyouwouldexpectto find? Explainusingthe words,Absorb,ReflectandRe-radiate.

5. Whichcolorcanhadthe greatestrate of changeinthe experiment?

6. What is the rate of chanqefor that caninthe first 10minutes? - Formula Substitutions AnswerUNITS!!

7.If younowa substanceis a goodabsorberof energy,whatcanyouinfer aboutthe substancesability to radiateenergy?

6. If youcontinuedto take temperaturereadingsthroughoutthe daywould the temperatureeverstabilizefor all 3 cans?Explain...(hlnt4Equilibrium?)

Bonus+10points: Howwouldthis experimentchangeif youput water inthe cans? - ___

Je EIec4’brnt4e+1 e9 rorfl #Ie 5)

The sun shines on each part of the Earth for the same total number of hours every year. However, there are areas of the Earth that receive more radiant energy from the sun than other areas do. Because the Earth’s axis is tilted slightly and the Earth is a sphere, the sun’s rays strike different areas of the Earth at different angles. The angle for a given area is called the angfr of insolation. In this investigation you will learn how the angle of the sun’s rays affects temperature on the Earth.

Problem How does the angle of insolation affect the rate of temperature change of a surface?

-‘ Materials (per group) 1 watch or clock 3 Celsius thermometers 1 high-wattage incandescent lamp 3 right-triangular wooden blocks, each with a 30° a 600, and a 900 angle masking tape

Procedure j 1. Using masking tape, attach one thermometer to the 300 angle of one block. Then attach the second thermometer to the 60° angle of the second block and the third to the 900 angle of the last block. See Figure 1 on the next page. 2. Place the blocks, with the thermometers attached, as shown in Figure 1. Position the lamp so that it is 20 cm from the bulb of each thermometer. This means that the blocks will be positioned along the arc of a circle having a 20-cm radius.

() Prentce-HaIl, Inc. ExploringEarth’sWeather K U 7 ‘* 3. Switchon the light. Recordin the DataTablethe temperaturet eachihermometer everyminute for [5 minutes. 4. After the 15-minute observationinterval, switch off the light. 5. Graph your data on the graphprovided. Usethe keygiven fkr eachof the angles.

Thermometer

‘Maskingtape

Woodenblock

Lightsource Figure1

Observations DATATABLE

Angle Time (mm) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

30° Temperature

600 Temperature

900 Temperature

8 • K ExploringEarth’sWeather Name Class Date ______

GRAPH

— — — —

65 —

6C—

45 r) 0 C) 40

a) 35 0. E 3C —

25 —

2C Key 15 300angle — 10 60°angle 5 900 angle••• 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Time (mm)

Analysis and Conclusions 1. Which angle caused the temperature to increase the most during the 15 minutes? What region of the Earth receives sunlight at this angle?

2. Which angle caused the temperature to increase the least during the 15 minutes? What region of the Earth receives sunlight at this angle?

Critical Thinking and Application 1. What other factors do you think influence the rate of warming of a partiular spot on

the Earth’s surface? ______

2. Although the North Pole is tii toward the sun in summer, its temperatures are still

very cold. How can you explainis? ______

3. How would the results of this livestigation change if the light source were placed farther from the thermometers? Closa to them?

Going Further Test different soils to deterrnii wIt effect soilshave on the rate of heauig. Prepare mounds of different types of soil. Usea protractor to be sure the angles of the mounds are the same. Place a thermometer oa each mound. Keep a record of the temperature each minute for 15 minutes. Draw a graph to compare the temperature versus tine for each soil.

10 • K ExploringEarth’sWeather U

Time (mm)

What is latent heat?

What are the 2 typesof latent heat called?

Whichphasechangerequiresmorecalories?

1.Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 10gramsof water to changephasefrom solidto liquid? Formula Substitutions Answer

2. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 10gramsof water to changephasefrom liquidto solid? Formula Substitutions Answer

3. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 10gramsof water to changephasefrom gas to solid? Formula Substitutions Answer MOREQUESTIONS! Yeahhhhhhh... OnSeparatePaperPleas&!

5. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 15gramsof vaporat 100Cto changeto liquidwater at 100C? Formula Substitutions Answer

6. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 12gramsof iceat 0 Cto changeto liquid water at 0 C? Formula Substitutions Answer

SlowdownNow.... 7. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 15gramsof solidat 0 Cto changeto liquid water then heat water to SC? Formula Substitutions Answer

8. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 8 gramsof solidat -20 Cto changeto liquid waterOC? Formula Substitutions Answer

9. Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor I gramof liquidat 0 C to changeto water vaporthen heatwater to 150C? Formula Substitutions Answer

MegaTough!!! 10.Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 50 gramsof solidat -10Cto changeto liquid water then heat water to water vaporthat is 200 C? Formula Substitutions Answer

11.Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 10gramsof copperat 0 Cto changeto 105 C? Formula Substitutions Answer

12.Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor Sgramsof water vaporat 110Cto change to liquidwater then to ice at - 5 C? Formula Substitutions Answer

13.Howmanycaloriesare requiredfor 10gramsof water vaporat 110Cto changeto liquidwater then to iceat - SC? Formula Substitutions Answer 2.2b The transferof heat energywithin the atmosphere,the hydrosphere,and Earth’s surfaceoccursas the resultof radiation,convection,andconduction. - Heatingof Earth’ssurface and atmosphereby the Sun drives convection withinthe atmosphereand oceans,producingwinds and oceancurrents.

• StandardI - ScientificInquiry Key Idea 1 - EngineeringDesign Key Idea 1 Standard2 - Misconceptions Key Idea2 Standard6 • - Patternsof Change Key Idea5

C’

Resource& LabActivities 2.2b Convectionlab. 2.2b Convectionsmokebox 2.2b Referencetables,pages4, 14 2.2b Wondersof weather,wind, andwaves

45 Nme: Move:ConVectiOfl Energyonthe

: Introduction: Haveyouever walkup-stairsin a houseandfind it hotter upthere? Why doesthis happen?Whydoesthe windblow? What makesthe crustol platesmove aroundonthe Earth? CONVECTIONCURRENTS!Whengassesandliquidsare heatedtheir densitychangesdueexpansion.Whencooledthey contract and densityincreases.Thisalsoexplainswhyit is hotter upstairsthandownstairs, the air whenheated,decreasesin densityandrisesto it’s highestpoint. In this labyou’llcheckout howthis happensandapplyit to someother areas affected by thesemotions.

Vocabulary: Convection:

Heat Source:

Heat5ink:

Materials: 1Beaker 1SmallFlaskW/ Stopper Colorbye BunsenBurner Safety Glasses Tongs

Stepsto Succes: 1. Place800m1 of coldwater in a beakerlet stand. 2. Place4 dropsof dyein 50 mlflask with hot water,stopperthe flask. 3. Placethe flask in the beakerslowly,holdingthe flask with tongspullthe stopperoff TRYINGTO KEEPTHEWATERUNbISTURBEb. 4. Illustrate whatyouseeminute0 minute2 minute4 andminute6 5. Cleanequipmentandrepeatsteps1through4 usinghot water in the beakerandcoldin the flask. REPORT SHEET

COLDBEAKEROF WATER WARMBEAKEROF WATER WARMDYE COLDDYE

I —_r- (

—

1’ + r

- I —

234 Questions:

1.bescribethe movementin the coldbeakerwarmflask experiment. Mention,speedof motionandthrection.

2. bescribethe movementin the warmbeakercoldflask experiment. Mention,speedof motionanddirection.

3. Whydidn’t the colddyerise into the water right whenthe stopperwas removed?Explain...

4. Howdid yourwarmdyereact in the coldwater,whenthe stopperwas removed?Explain...

5. What happensto the densityof a fluid whenheat is applied?

6. braw in the convectioncells/currents for the diagrambelow.Labelthe heatsourceandthe heatsink. EnergyontheMove:Conduction Introduction: Mñ’ thingsrely onthis motionof heat energy. Reptileslayonwarmrocks to heat their bodies,weplacemetalpansonstovesto heat foodsandwater. All of these situationsrely onthe motionof heat energy. Therefore, conduct/onis the transfer of heat by physicalcontact.(Conduction4 Contact) Usingthe followingmaterials,this labwill showthe movementof energyby Conduction.

Materials: 2 StyrofoamCups 2 StyrofoamLids 1Metal U-Bar Hot/ColdWater 2 Thermometers Stop-Watch

Vocabulary: Conduction:

Rateof Change:

Heat Source:

Heat 5ink:

Steps to Success:

1. Assemblethe equipmentusingthe diagrambelow. 2. Fill onecupwith coldwater. Fill the secondcupwith hot water. 3. Placethe lids with thermometersandU-bar insertedonthe cups. 4. TAKEA TEMPERATUREIMMEIDIATELY!IThis is goingto beyour zero temp. 5. Takea recordingfor 20 minutesandreport eachcupstemperatureonthe Reportsheet. 6. Graphyour results (2 linesHOTandCOLb)andanswerthe questions. TransferByConductjo,

Time ii 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Hot CupTempC ColdCupTempC Graphing:TemperatureChangevsTime IIiiiIiiiIiIiiiiIiiiiiiI[i

(-)

I-.

— — — — — — — — — — —I V F-

Time (mm) ‘p PLEASEANSWERIN COMPLETESENTENCES...© Questions: 1. Whichcuphasthe mostpotentialenergy?(Potentialis stored, kinetic is in motion)

2. Whichcuplost energy?What do wecallthis location?

3. Whichdirection did the heat energyflow?

4. bid the coldcupgainall the energythe hot cuplost? Explainwhereit went.

5. Howcouldyouchangethe experimentto reduceheat loss?

6. What wasthe rate of changein the coldcupfrom minute0 to minute10? Formula: Work: Answer: 7. What wasthe rate of changein the coldcupfrom minute0 to minute20? Formula: Work: Answer:

8. Wherewasthe rate faster?

9. What wasthe rate of changein the hot cupfrom minute0 to minute10? Formula: Work: Answer:

10. What wasthe rate of changein the hot cupfrom minute0 to minute20? Formula: Work: Answer:

11.Whichcuphada faster rate of changefrom minute0 to minute10?

12.Howdid the heat energytravel from cupto cup?

10+BonusPoints: In this experiment,asthe energytraveled from cupto cupdid matter movewith it? Explain... NAME: • bATE: Earth‘sHeatLossandGain Introduction: &ackin the Earth’sMotionsUnit wediscoveredthat all placesonEarth receivethe sameamountof daylighthours. Althoughdifferent areasreceive different intensitiesof sun,they will gainandlooseheat in a cyclicmanner. buringthe summermonthsof the Northern Hemispherewegainmoreheat energythan the wintertime,whichaffects the temperatureof the season.In this labyouwill comparethe amountof heatenergylost andgainedto a bank accountgainingandlosingmoney.Insteadof labelingenergyanddollarswerefer to the eachnumberasa unit”.

Vocabulary: beficit:

Surplus:

Stepsto Success: 1. Usingthe eport Sheetof Energy,determinewhichmonthexperienceda positiveor negativechangein balance

2. Energyabsorbedis incomeor energyin. Energye-radiated are bills or energylost.

3. Bysubtractingincome- bills = depositor withdrawalin bankaccount

4. If positiveor depositedyourbankaccountor surfacetempwill increase. If negativeor withdrawnyourbankaccountor surfacetempwill decrease.

5. PlotEnergyabsorbed,Energye-adiated andSurfaceTempongraph.

6. Answerfollowingquestionsin completeanswers llc Jt7D@7 JJfiL7D

Absorbed - - Re - Radiated Change 1 Balance) EnergyAbsorbed EnergyRe-iodiated bifference 5urf aceTern Month Income sills beposit/ (F°) Withdrawal BankAccoun Oct 1 65 75 -10 60 Nov 60 70 -10 bec 50 60 Jan 60 70 Feb 65 60 Mar 70 60 Apr 80 65 V______May 90 80 June 100 90 July 90 85 __ Aug 80 75 Sep 70 80 VV___ Oct 65 75 Nov 60 70 EMrgy d Thmprtw Chg i Tm

I I I ‘ I

i .

— —

I IiI{IIFII[III

—————.—

• T1 • I i — — — — 1 I: •iiiiiii I •I

Months Questions: 1. Which month hasthe longestdaylight hours? Howdoesthis month compare to others in the amountof energy absorbed? Explain...

2. Whendoesmaximumtemperature occur? 3. Whichmonthhasthe leastamountof energyabsorbed,doesthis coincide with the shortest duration?Explain...

4. Lookingat the graph,list the monthsin whichradiationabsorbedwasgreate thanenergylost (re-radiated).

5. Whichmonthsexperienceda surplusof energy?Explainhowyouknow?

6. What happensto surfacetempwhenbills (energyre-radiated)are greater than income(energyabsorbed)?

7. Regarding#6, wouldthis be calleda deficit of energy?

8. What happensyear to year in terms of the amountof energygainedandlost by the Earth?

Bonus+lo: bo inlandarea’sexperiencemoreor lesstemperaturevariationthanwedo onLongIsland? Explainwhyor whynot. Name: bat o# A nnddiiofl

Vocabulary: Absorption:

Reflection:

Re-adiation:

bynomicEquilibrium:

Materials: 3 Cups(white,black,silver) 3 thermometers Lamp

Steps to Success:

1. Arrangethe canssothey are approximately10-12cmfrom the light source. 2. Turnonlampandrecord the temperaturefor 10minutesat one-minute intervals. 3. TurnOFFlampandCONTINUETO TIME FOR10MINUTES.(11-20) 4. Recordall Temperaturesonyour report sheet. Plotyour temperatureson the graph.(3 linesblack,whiteandsilver) 5. Answerall Questions. pbsorPt1Ofland Rødij07

I Time 1 213 4 5 8 9 BlackCupTemp WhiteCupTemp SilverCupTemp

Time 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Black_CupTemp WhiteCupTemp SilverCupTemp Graphing CupTemperatureChangeinTime

------1 - —------H •1

I IDI I Ii I I Ii I I I I I I I II ] L_. l —

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 LIII I L I I IL L LL I I I I I I I I 11 Time (mm) Questions: 1. Why is it importantto placeeachcanisterequaldistancefrom the light?

2. Whichcontainerwasthe bestabsorber?ExplainWhy?

3. Whichwasthe bestre-radiator?ExplainWhy?

4. boesyourgraphsupportwhatyouwouldexpectto find? Explainusingthe words,Absorb,ReflectandRe-radiate.

5. Whichcolorcanhadthe greatestrate of changeinthe experiment?

6. What is the rate of chanqefor that caninthe ‘irst 10minutes? - Formula Substitutions AnswerUNITS!!

7.If younowa substanceisa goodabsorberof energy,whatcanyouinfer aboutthe substancesability to radiateenergy?

6. If youcontinuedto take temperaturereadingsthroughoutthe daywould the temperatureeverstabilizefor all 3 cans?Explain...(hint.Equilibrium?)

Bonus+10points: Howwouldthis experimentchangeif youput water inthe cans? 1.2e Earth’searlyatmosphereformedas a resultof the outgassingof watervapor, carbondioxide,nitrogen,andlesseramountsofothergasesfromitsinterior. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1& 3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 1.2e— Referencetablespage11;AverageChemicalCompositionof Earth’s Crust,Hydrosphere,nd Troposphere. Laserdisk.

15 PERFORMANCEINDICATOR 2.1 Use the conceptsof density and heat energy to explain observationsof weather patterns, seasonal changes, and the movementsof Earth’splates.

MajorUnderstandings. 2.1a Earthsystemshaveinternaland externalsourcesof energy,both of which create heat.

StandardI - EngineeringDesign. Key Idea I Standard2 - Misconceptions Key Idea2 Standard6 - Patternsof Change Key Idea5 Standard7 - Connections Key Idea 1

C’

Resource & LabActivities ReferenceTable page 10 InferredPropertiesof Earth’sInterior

ReferenceTable page 14 SelectedPropertiesof Earth’sAtmosphere Convectiondemonstration Conductiondemonstration

21 2.lb Thetransferof heatenergywithintheatmosphere,the hydrosphere,andEarth’s interior,results in the formationof regionsof differentdensities. These density differencesresultin motion. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard6 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lb Referencetable:page10,InferredPropertiesoftheEarth’sInterior page11,Averagechemicalcompositionof Earth’scrust page14,PlanetaryWindBelts

22 2.lc Weather patterns becomeevident when weather variables are observed, measured,and recorded. These variablesincludeair temperature,air pressure, moisture(relativehumidityand dewpoint),precipitation(rain,snow,hail, sleet,etc.), windspeedanddirection,andcloudcover. Standard1 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea1 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI Standard2 - information KeyIdeaI Standard6 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lc ReferenceTable: page13,Weathermapsymbols Buildingthestationmodel Dailyweatherlab

23 2.ld Weather variables are measured using instruments such as thermometers, barometers,psychrometers,precipitationgauges,anemometers,andwind vanes. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis Key IdeasI & 3 Standard6 - SystemsThinking Key Idea I - Patternsof Change Key Idea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.ld ReferenceTables:page 13 DailyWeatherLab. Use of barometer, sling psychrometer,and wind vane/anemometer in class.

24. 2.le Weathervariablesareinterrelated. Forexample: -temperatureand humidity affect air pressure and probability of precipitation -airpressuregradientcontrolswindvelocity Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeasI & 3 Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdeal - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.le ReferenceTables:page13,WeatherMapSymbols DailyWeatherLab. MappingWeatherLab;BarometricPressureMapping

25 2.lf Air temperature,dewpoint,cloudinformation,andprecipitation,are affectedby theexpansionandcontractionof airduetoverticalatmosphericmovement. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeasI & 3 Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdeaI - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lf MakingCloudsLab. ReferenceTabls: page12,DewPointandRelativeHumidity

26 2.lg Weathervariablescanberepresentedin a varietyof formatsincludingradarand satellite images, weather maps (includingstation models, isobars, and fronts), atmosphericcross-sections,andcomputermodels. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1& 3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard2 - Information KeyIdeas1,2,3 Standard6 - Models KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 2.lg WeatherChannel Weather.corn’ Newsday(newspaper)Maps

27 2.lh Atmospheremoisture,temperatureandpressuredistributions;jet streams,wind; air massesand frontal boundaries;and the movementof cyclonicsystems and associatedtornadoes,thunderstorms,and hurricanesoccur in.observablepatterns. Lossofproperty,personalinjury,andlossoflifecanbereducedbyeffectiveemergency preparedness. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1& 3 Standard2 - Information KeyIdeas1,2,3 Standard6 - Models KeyIdea2 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Strategie KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 2.Ih ReferenceTable:page14,PlanetaryWindandMoisture BeltsintheTroposphere 2.lh Severestormslab. 2.Ih WondersofWeather,TheLearningChannel,tenvideoseries

28 LW Name: bate:

••

Introduction: Theideaof water inthe air is not a newone,althoughwereallytake it for granted. It isn’t until welookawayfrom our preciousMother Earth that wesee howmuchwerely onthis little molecule.

First let’s ta/k weightof water:Lookat the PeriodicTableOf Elements

Oxygenhasanatomicmassof ____ Nitrogenhasanato micmassof ____

Hydrogenhasanatomicmassof ___ Water hasanatomicmassof ___

Usingthe atomicweightsabove,let’s determinethe total weightof the air mass below. Air Mass#1 Air Mass#2 Air Temp20 C Air Temp20 C N 02 H20 N 02 H20 #1 02 #2 02 Total H20 N Total Weight: H20 Weight: N. 02 N2 02 H20 02 PartI 1.Lookingabove,whathappensto the numberof moleculesthe air massescanhold whentemperaturesare equal?

2. What happensto the air’s massasmorewater enters the atmosphere?

3. As the air gainsmorewater whatis goingto happento the RelativeHumidity andthe Wet BulbTemperature? •?• i 1.1 WF

0 IiiJ ID C . — oIt) t3j c’( 3 Ij .:;I

ID Ocz, 01 g oh. C 0 iI 11. 011 e DUO C IC) 01 Cl iCl)J!

C 01 p—c U . U) CC CC. >0 —.1.— 010 —a.,— C .11 .011 11.0 •.Ei >— :

—a,. — I

:Q 1, .-.ei ..ii ta .OIIn N 0I <1

•.-eri;;

—a,— N1* - w 1!i i1á iF i: EL 0 !:IZ ! €! :‘ !! f1j! !:! ecDI -o iI?* V bI

:C/)r4 (0 DIj 0 0 -•ee L 0 .0 .I-J ;i4IF — —a 0 a—.. I ic,. . L

- C ID Name: Thebaic oPWeather..bate: Introduction: Weatheris a very complicatedevent,this is the singlemostimportantreasonwhy forecaster’sare correct only40 - 5O%of the time!! Onething that helpsto increasea forecaster’saccuracyis pastrecord. it is very importantthat we collect data ACCURATELYandshareit with other scientiststo improveour knowledgeona subject. In this labyouare goingto collectdatafor a periodof time andusethe datato predict the next daysweather..,howmanyof youwill be correct??

Vocabulary: Forecast:

Weather:

bewPoint:

RelativeHumidity:

Saturation:

CloudBaseHeight:

Materials: 1SlingPsychrometer Barometer ReferenceTable

StepsTo Success: 1. Takea SlingPsychrometerReadinganddeterminebry andWet Bulb. 2. UseReferenceTablesto determinethe bewPointandRelativeHumidity andrecord. 3. UsingReferenceTabledetermineCloudBaseHeightandrecord. 4. CompleteStation ModelUsinginformationdiscoveredandinformation given.beterminebarometrictrend andrecordpresentweatherandcloud coverby lookingoutside. bItJy S?fi©. M©dü bay 1:

bay 2:

bay 3:

bay 4: ñd P?trn

StepsTo Success: 1. Foreachstationmodel,drawanarrowthroughthe centerstart in the directionthat the windcomesFROMandpointthe arrowinthe directionthe windis goingIQ. 2. After drawingindividualarrows,lookat the wholemapandLIGHTLYdrawthe general patterns of windflow aroundthe highandlowpressurecenters.

Questions for wind patterns:

1. Whichareaof the mapis goingto havethe strongestwinds?(rememberisobargradient...)

2. bescribethe directionandmotion(sinkor rise)of air aroundthe lowpressurecenter.

3. bescribethe directionandmotion(ink or rise)of air aroundthe highpressurecenter.

3. Explainthe ideaof convergingwindsanddivergingwinds.

4. Explainwhichtypeof pressureexperiencesconvergingandwhichexperiencediverging winds?

1 W5ud Pci??r

ather Data Map

30 140 C•gwy

30i38 2>Wlnnp.g Father Point

SarIt Ste Marie 34 (‘ 5Ocço/’4O2Oo

2160 Boalon Minn.apOhs’\ 40

421Uy 60O!9 O— ?L2-——-—_J_ ‘,4OJO4O--1-L. / I / City Chica9o )‘nciecc\ / ‘rj 200/ / Donve, s’blIo “ s &o®0l7, 1’ \ ‘ & I t Cincinnati — — g — - Kanai City — \ - - 63 040\ ‘I — I () Richmond — 62d’150 / - 134 Oklahoma \I\o0098

Ie9i!7/

120:’ 76i20Ar, 729160 N 0’

i amp.

:MIeH0 208 Miami I©iDhrm

Steps to Success: 1.Usea penciland lightly draw in the Isotherms at a 10degree interval! 2.Coloreach isotherm usinga different color for each interval, create a key to identify the isotherm.

Questions to Temperature Map:

1. bescribethe generaltrend of temperaturechange( N to SandEto W).

2.Calculatethe gradientbetweenNewYorkCityandCharlestonN.C.SHOWALLWORK!!©

2. Calculatethe gradientbetweenCalgary,CanadaandSeattle,Or. SHOWALLWORK!!©

3. Nearwhichcities is the temperaturegradientthe greatest?

4. What conditionmustexist for a highgradient? ppög

WeatherDataMap

30 140 Calgary

30(1138 2>Wrnnipeg Fame;

:‘ / 5 Sash Sb. Marie 7

Bostoo 40 uuiiaio ( 58 200 57O25_0 I —42 l?OHaw Voik 160 / — — - I Sail Lake 46”b120 (,9’•” T I Cu, Cflicago ; ‘o 200/ / — — Dense; \\ / / 5 110 Clnc,nnal—) — / — Kansas \ 45 0110 — - S Cily u - ,‘ —-_ I I — ‘ -63 04’ — I ,. Acnmond ‘ — 62’15o g Iij---—------i 1 - r©m?rc Prr Mppg Stepsto Success: 1.Usea pencilandlightly drawin the Isobars at a 4 millibarinterval!Start with 1000mb. 2. boubleCheckyourworkandthendarkenthe line,labelthe centersof HighandLowpressure. 3. RememberHighPressure: H andLowPressure: L

Questionsfor Air PressureMap:

1. TheLowpressureis nearwhichcity?

2. TheHighpressureis nearwhichcity?

3. What is the highestandlowestpressureindicatedonthe map?

4. What will happento the air pressureasyoutravel from Detroit, Mi.to NewOrleansLa.? )

5. What is the pressuregradientfrom Detroit to NewOrleans?SHOWALL WORK!!©

6. What is the pressuregradientfrom DenverCo.to KansasCity Ka.?SHOWALL WORKU©

) 1) r©mtrk Prr Mppg

ather DataMap

30 140 Calgary

I / 120 30I38 2 Winntpog Falh. — — • Bnm.r Sa.,tuSi. 40 () 200 M.n.

- 7 - I — — 1 ‘ I U,nnipob ‘ : ‘j Boston L ‘I4O euua - 42 10NVk

F,w.c.scu i / D, ‘0 --— C,ncpnnaiu Mansascdy ( ‘I I. ® S___ : Rhmond_ I -, I 62 -- 68I2O I:i Chn.onog,70 080 d Hsfl.ras

Scalp oP

0 100 200 400 600 eoo Prcp5?fi©n P??r StepstoSuccess: 1. TheStationModelswith an“R”inthemrepresentareasofprecipitation.Drawa lightline AROUNDthem. 2. Lightlyshadethis area,indicatingprecipitation.

Questionsto PrecipitationMap:

1. Whereis the precipitationoccurringcomparedto the barometricpressuremap?

2. Whydoesrainform aroundthis type of pressure?

3. Whattype of pressuretendsto haveclearskies? Why?

4. What relationshipis there betweenair temperatureanddewpointtemperaturewhen precipitationoccurs?

5. Whattypesof precipitationare there?

5. What isyourfavorite precipitation? PN

ather DataMap

30 140 Calga

4OO 30 / / Point ‘.Seattie / j Winnipeg Fatha,

Sault Ste S Mane 208 080 rf ,eal J C\ - — - . t : Booton Uinneapoi 40’80Bflk,

44E5’0402’____ 42 120NeeYnik -I:;’‘J040--çL./ g sattietie 208J — Chicago I San I City I I (T 51 — \ ————-.-—--— I Denvet S ,, flflcI3C0 50\b 110 ‘ I I Cincinnati t Kansas City s — I I —I—.——— - 63 040) Rich4 — 62 50 1 g —— 68 120 I I —- 1.08 Chattanooga Hatta,as 54N0134 —— 70 080 - O’i’60 Oklahoma - - / — — — — / 1601 City Phoenix Little Rock I 096 / 71 140 Roewell j I i I Atlanta• Chaiteston I ‘ I FonWoilti I I ck8oflv.ll. — I • _J 160 20 76 120Nans G&a?on

77 Temp. Scale of Mites 208 ______80 Miami Name: W?hr bate: Mppg

Introduction: Meteorologistsmonitorthe weatherpatternsandcomparethemto pasteventsto predict future events. Weatherpatternsare constantlychangingwhichmakesforecastinga verydifficult business.Thereare somanyvariablesthat mustbemonitoredit almostseemsto beimpossible.In this tab youare goingto learnhowto dealwith individualelementsof weather,then put themall together into a synopticweathermap.A synopticweathermapis basedona seriesof mapsthat helpforecasta future.

Vocabulary:

SynopticWeatherMap:

Isotherm:

Isobar:

BarometricPressure:

Convergence

bivergence:

Cyclone

Anticyclone:

Front:

Materials: ColoredPencils LabMaterials ReferenceTables 5y©p1o°c Nth.prng Steps to Success: 1. Usingthe isotherm,isobar,windpatternandprecipitationmap,drawinthe fronts onthe weathermap. 2. Labelcoldandwarmfronts anddrawin precipitation.Besureto colorthe fronts anddraw theminthe right direction.

Questionsfor Synopticmap:

1. Wheredoesprecipitationoccur?Labelall areas(pressure,fronts andbefore,after or onthe front)

2. Whichfront type doescoldair gounderwarmair? (brawa model)

3. Whichfront type doeswarmair flow upcoldair? (brawa model)

4. Howdoesair temperature,air pressureandwinddirectionchangefrom onesideof the cold front to the other?

5. Whatareaof the USis likelyto receiveBAbweatherwithinthe next 24 to 36 hourslooking at yoursynopticmap? 5y©pcThc

ather DataMap

30 140 Calgary 40 140 I38 /S.an / - lathe, Point I ‘1 1 50 160 1 40 C) 200 : 138 I “-( I8uht. I —<) \ 49—200 i------_____ ---_ ‘-N I 40 t60 %34))101 Boaton ( I t—<3 ‘40 ,‘ r---’ 1L 151 250 S ——.I ——— 200 42 luNy(,qk 58>_ ‘, 40040_-g--L/ 60O!! I S. —--L_ 46”\0120% dy I / ‘O 200 J ç_____7Qo / °e’ 5bllo \ L 1 C,nc,nneI,.°--J I — — / 45 — S Keniaj City t , , ‘ ,, ) \ •1 — — — ‘1— — — — - --‘63 040 Richmond — — I \ 62C(150 / L; - 120

\n9e!ii::

SeMs LOU

LOuPS A2E SIMPLY -1k4-1LEVELFO OF’ ICE (Ai( T-E’ F02J-1 C&14-1Er’Jr4-6 dZ fr1SS rEfr1P62iruZ6 S LOJE2.E ro r’S F,’E&/ POirJr. J TS L1 t’E ro 16CE t/.-r is T4E 3ESr t&/A ro MAKE cLouES. co ONJ You t-ii< Er SEr, .OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOLUUUUUULUUL!WUU

HE2E’S ?E MSiONJ: ‘1OU A2E 1VEJ TUE FOLLOfJ\i M(TE2JALS: 2 Li6. l3orrLE 4-Or -iiC4-ES OL0 Pr62 2, (402. 6 4.-1IJ0S

E2E’ f F6(k/ iS: i. CLOU!7SP8 PAC6LS OF Z n-tAr EXPM) rUE’? 2J56 P (.JET’c /\ 2. Z rEfrlP MUSr e6 46 SAME AS n.-6 i7(ZCEL ee PJ0 FLL6 Jifl.-i EZ. 3. A 2J2P 9EC2EiSE if’! Z PESU2E MLL v6 SiMUJ2. AFFECTS AS AJ P (4SS 2JSINJ Jt2 6XP6Zi6JCi’J rMOS7’r-LEJC c’ZESSu2E.

ASII’J OJLY tAJ(\T6Z,fl-tE 130TTL6 /\J 7E 2, 6 02. 6 -NiPS, CiNJ YOU fr1KE CLOUP’?

A PEAS Or\J (A./UAT(AJouLP4-ELP7 zr it O(, iJOW YOU USEP r4-6 t4ArC4-t6S P JYrJ PiFFEEJr 4-PPENJ?

MAKE-U A P.OC6PU2E (crEPs ro SUCCESS) FO r4-S LP. &/-r iS rE 3ESr WAY ro MAKE CL0uPS?

w4-Vr FUr’JCriOrvP0 4-E MArC4ES PLAY?

UESTiOtJS: 1. ‘.M4AT csQuervce OF everirS 1APPENiS J r446 ArMOSP4-1EE iNJ r446FOZt-lAriOIv OF cLOUPS? EZ5 A -thVfl 1. Nv Ai. MASS JSE5 2. £ICrPIIJIJ

3.CoJi 14 -

( ?JJei . ‘Ree,

(USE 2EFEZEt’JCE rI&eS) 2. Nv Ai. MASS 1V\S A E6U6 OF’ 10 AtP A PEWPOJr OF’ s °. HOW Uic4-1 P065 ir 4-vE ro c0 ro PECOM6 A CLOUP?

3. Nv Ai. MASS 4-V5 A rEMP6t2PruZ6 OF 20 O A(P A PEWPOIfVT °. OF - HOW ic44 P055 ir 4-Vv5 ro o ro 35C0M5 A CLOUP? 4. ir -\PPEJE ro rS fSu2Et’-iENJr J QuES?1ONJ3?

. L-)4.-r E’OESn-US-6ri our T4E coup

AL2JT LET’STZY 50fr15 t’IO2.6 QuESriO(’JS..2EEr’JrS Sr’’LE©

1. Thebaseof cumuluscloudwasdeterminedto a 3. Whicheventwill mostlikelyoccurin air2 This the rising be 500 metersabovethe Earths surface. is (1) clearingskies attitude at which (2) cloudformation form (1) cumuluscloudsalways (3) decreasingrelative humidity dust the (2) no is presentin air (4) increasingtemperature (3) the air temperaturedropsbelow0°C the the (4) air temperatureequals dewpoint _4. Underwhichconditionsis a cloudmostlikelyto temperature form at the Earths surface? (1) Theair temperatureis abovethe dewpoint,and 2. The belowshows sealedcontainer diagram a nocondensationnucleiare present. andclean saturated with holdingliquidwater air (2) Theair temperatureis at the dewpoint,and The water vapor.(elative humidityis 100%.) condensationnucleiore abundant. been blockof coot. containerhas placedona iceto (3) Therelative humidityis zero,andcondensation nucleiare abundant. (4) Theair temperatureandair stable. SEALED pressureare SATURATED CONTAINER andcondensationnucleiare scarce. AIR

5. Bywhichprocessare clouds,dew,arid fog ICE formed? (1) condensation (3) precipitation (2) evaporation (4) melting Whichstatementbest explainswhya cloudhasnot formed in the sealedcontainer? (1) Theair in the containeris abovethe freezing point. (2) Theice is coolingthe water in the container. (3) Theair in the containerlockscondensation nuclei. (4) Thewater inthe containeriSstill evaporating. AIR MASSES az

n-Iz C)

I () 0

(

a -a •1

UI TRANSPARENCY30

Weather Chapter15 AIRMASSES 1. What causes the weather to change?

2. What is an air mass?

3. Air masses are classified according to their source region, or the region over which they develop. Use the following information to identify the source regions of the four basic types of air masses: m = maritime (water), c = continental (land), P = polar (high latitudes), T = tropical (low latitudes).

4. The symbols mP, cP, mT, and cT are used to describe the temperature and humidity of an air mass. What would be the temperature and moisture level in each of the four basic types of air masses?

5. Six major air masses affect the United States. Which air masses affect your area? How do they contribute to your weather? DATE CLASS TRANSPARENCY28

Atmosphere ChapterM

MAJORAIR CIRCULATION

Polar high

Subpolarlow

Subtropical high

Equatorial 00 low

CopyvightC Glencoe/McGrow-HiILa dviion ol TheMcGqaw4H Companies.Inc. 55 DATh — CLASS TRANSPARENCY28

Atmosphere Chapter14 MAJORAIRCIRCULATION 1. Describe the following: a. polar easterlies

b. westerlies

c. trade winds

2. What causes the wind systems on Earth?

3. What kind of wind systems would Earth have if it did not rotate?

4. Remember that air moves from areas of high density to areas of low density. Use that fact to explain the following. a. equatorial low

b. subtropical high

c. subpolar low

d. polar high

56 copyvigitsC Glsnco./McGcuw44iII,a divissonofThsMcGvow4lIIICoinpnis, Inc. NAME ______DATE______CLASS______TRANSPARENCY31

Climate Chapter16

- a) U) a) a) -Ja,

• •

0) =

Cl) I 0

I C/) z ci:

4- Co 0

‘I’

Climate Chapter16

RAINSHADOWS 1. On which side of a mountain, windward or leeward, does air move upward?

2. How does air temperature change as aliitude increases?

3. What happens to the moisture in air as air cools?

4. How does the air reaching the top of a mountain compare with the air at the bottom of the windward side of the mountain?

5. How does the air that descends on the leeward side of a mountain differ from the air that moved upward on the windward side of the same mountain? Explain.

6. In general, how does the climate on the leeward side of a mountain compare with the climate on the windward side of the same mountain? Explain.

7. Which side of the mountain would have a climate better suited for crops needing moist weather? Explain.

WW PRESENT WEATHER (Descriptions) a 2 3 4 5 7 0O 0 0 0 •Id.opfitd 4.i Is 0 $ 0.. 4. (l....•, I,, 4.1 c•i 0.Ip0 00,0*0* — Ill • ....• a•.•**o.•o’ ot II., ci .010. .504. ,l.I,0iI Yi.*lI.ip 44.004*, 0. — Iiise• Op SI., ep UI.. IT ..lo40j .4.4.41 011005.11 .4, 4 .,l .014 1., D.*iI..e 10114 0, ...I09,e4 . •I,.. 0400.0.. S I’ ..Ifla(.d &,.14 pass ft. 040004100401* • ••• — ::‘‘‘ lo,.0$ p.,I .00114p•.i l ho,, 0 (‘ • 1. — .._ \ (.) R V , .011. • I., l•llOIIl• 01 SOlO Ill IS • tb4.l 0.0,4.0.0 — $4...IillI I • I ( LI • 11414 1111111$ I. l 01 I, 41 I SI *01114 PItS :0011., : ii 0 1.4 40,, 44004001 1001 *4 011110. 20 ] ] :] (NJ] E] ] 110.tltol 04 .1(14II, 5001. $.lb 0.0.4.., Io .04 $4.11 l.lI..$ 0% 0,.. (MLII (4.0,04 .,.d 1’0 $01 I.li. 0* 04.. 0.4 .00.1007 t,..0 OP $50..0 (UI • .4.4 • 0$ •., 1001 li SI.I I $k....,.l 1114 p0.4 $01 louI..q I 00.0.101 05 I 6.40,04 PIll lolI. ii .101.,4 0tI’ ISIS $44 0. 4.111$ 004100111 $0.4 5.1100101 ala 1.10,00 10 I,41loI 4*...: Sd sOt o•1.0.101 • • 050 1.. pool 10.1 5., $01.4 OW p554 00$ .. . :. ‘...... ‘.. 04 . 11011 4,410ci .io0.l.OlsOO 30 + &I .0401010 k5’ I 0l 5’I ••4I ‘“ & $i,Il 01 00.0 51.40. SI,...,, 41.4.1011 40,4 SI.*o 01 44401100 •,.i0 •14n01 0i 100... 0, So.,. 4o0ilI..I0l 00..,.4 alit 1.0.1.11, 40. 4l,II.114 00.10. •....Ohp IS 1 4.1111 00.01 11’ $i,.j, 04 SOlId •l0001 0. lID,., Di 00.4 010101 asS flSls. 50. dl . 0044 I., — 00 £991111. and .4., a In *440 I.. 99h00.d a.., I. 1404I 01.0011 I haoo Sdr. 00 lid 11..‘14 * 9111 P$.l 0000 0*1041 •.l 1p0.l .1.00.4 p.M l loll a,, 414 $011 P.01.1 900, $d0 50.,

lIst. ‘1.4 I •op 14)1 41...,.. 1o t.poO.Ii*$ •. .44 • P •j •1 I.t 110 104 1•, •.• •... .o p...o.o ,c a, 4,$,0i..bIl }p .,)T aM.,.. .o...... sI SIl 00. $4l.S( 414 •‘SOOll’*lt 04 tioIOflhIlD0 5.5 4407 ,, .4l *tfl••• III SII04II Il,lII II. Is. P.lOSo. .0,0*41 4’ ‘ I...., 410liI a’..g 114041 S.’ .4 944, 10.014 is., I., —, •‘ •oM —, 00,: .0.44.04 4*0 IsiltI S.lI%

Il.l*l

01I•0II L..,.o,,,,4lI.,,,l)l Qs.sol• ted •....l.$S 0.. 11,1110 I ‘v’ ••I I llO*IlIIllll 0101 P441144.,..,l 5....tdllIII. l S. 44 11.1 I ($0! 44.0,14, ,l.$*l II I.o.i... II .Ini 50*. .11.010 (.0! I...,.,. 114ll0Il 10 II $01 Il,l,.*4. 15.1011 II.. 14.1.104 4.,,.,. I...S. .1,10 0,s.,.I 04. 4 .41 $1.14 10 ,4.ItflOllDI IA .D..l..I.Oo I 4,4*, 04 100,,l.I.0. 1101101 lI001l,0l$Ul l,...)0t 0400 S S S I’ • 5 • • (ê‘.3 * .• S •• S • 101#I’ 00.. loll Iffl.l,00I I Ill lout I 100 (.0? i01I4.lIIIlI ,.,. Cu.i.....a. I...’ 004 Il .44)! S. p • SIll .04 ‘ ‘ 0.44’ llfl.14 lOll 5000 110*10041 4,404 II 1*411 11II04 11451 04 110.1 MLII Illll..$l.ood I,t.i..gi .n,l..lM I.l....4l ....l.II.r. 04 I Sit 0004 .1.414 ol .10004 • OS 000lr00I,.t I I •1 1,011 vi .0. II... 01 .JO0,l.ll,00 ‘° .4 .01.11.11.1.01 0 0 * * -4- 10 * 0* 0 *0 0 0* 0 0 111.1.116 liii I • S ill P C...,..e 1011.4.0... G,i..l.i Is 104,1 till,l.I lOll 01 50.01 COal.0,.0(o lOll 04 000*. IsIllalillol .! .. Ii.,. •p..i..i.., .1,040.1.41 .4 •.l1 0* loll PsI., ShillS l•Il0l C.,.’... 1,11.1 000 004) 11.6., I 54014 II 11001, 5.hIh0 .1114.1 l,4I • 01.401 l.a... .1401 I 4.s. Dl 400.. SOdIf04 oiIeSI g04l$t,, 14g., II fl•J 0.a.7 I (.010 II P041 000*010410. .l,l.IlO. 04 0b..l.tl,a (isO 04 .bill.II.00 a S • • ; 80 40. V0 V $4.45 flo..Il.I .0 lOIS lv,. $1.410 .00.51l,10’1l 0001 41 10,40,11. I 011$ (Ill Sl..s ll,.15, 04 5,olflllltl llSlp Vol.01 I,. IIJtIIIII •l,I 4000.04 lIlS 004 0*0.10111 11,0 ItS 0.40. 4.10,4 OllOollIl bOa 55004 SIlO I’

5/0

*1.1*1 10odo.0Utll.I I0.• N.d., III ol 00,14 01*444 Of $411 01 41 1101 .0* Ihot 4410,4 R 11.1*1 II ,ll0OlI’I $..0t101’. IS.,., .00.0,1., .5 $4.1 I.,1 $1.40. ‘a. o. .401 .ia. l01f 01 0000f,0I,00 0ISl,lOIillO. .4.0.,, $I.,DI Il SOSIlIlI 0.10104. \ 40.44(1110101 •.lll.I .,,I,.lt.,I 10(0,41 Ii,’ Soil ts.te o4 50.4 U *11*0(1 lOIS 01 lIla Ib..4.ltIol ilo.OUIIIDISS.l,*4 \ .o..00 ihoIdtlliOl..l ,o.,.a,s.l,,s .,,*to,s *.,l. 6.4 a.’ 4 0l I,,. eta/Of hOt I lid,. II laO oboe 0th I 6*4 *0001 suEd aol *.l.0441.,IP41I,O 4*,.,NOT .10.1 00*. 44.4 PlOT ii V0,l400l ci I,.,. 04 S.4IIsl,0* 01 41 toni I .04 I,. .4 o0.OI..I, 64.14111,4 sliP IOaofl Ii 544441 ob$,l.**... 1.01, 05 0500410100 1,0111 0400.11.11,00 I 1,40401051 ‘)? (MILES) ff statutei 0 cI BAROMETRIC bnn,I U 1 Per Hoar KNOTS TENDENCY I © Calm Calm oC islA(. ffim. ls1ha Riam1. iii, $spowi,l.r or ri,,i, li.fl rtsw 1. 2 1- 2 /- I IIIfPsr iiW Slowly .lM,i,3 lats Rtivi1 s,.U. or t- 3.8 I 3.7

F,J l.A Or Sts&th iwt 3,/’ r*$IP(: or risinc iPn \___ 9-14 8-12 flSW( ,ior. Snittly

4— SIMS SI l,rs i(i \ is - 20 13 . P&flsn. *1w. risiii. 5 SI PSI St ,r IMS 3 hir5 so \‘ 21-25 18-22 FIllIn(, liws asy; or lsUi,ui 1,5 arom,,.r llt mat, SIwily SIi \\ 26 - 31 23 27 11.05 3 1,vrs 1111.51 al.ly. or wiiIiadsly

\\X 32-37 28-32 or ris,sg 11,S lallinc: or tallii. IISIS 1511mgMc,. •..itlly

38 - 43 PAST C 0 W mr WEATHER 44 - 49 38. 42

CI,sror I,. C o.S \S\\._ 50- 54 43- 47 P5th, cly p. ISC$lIrdlSr .SriIb SIy

k 55- 60 48- 52 Clc.y lbr,s) 2 or on.rtsu

SndMor. sr o k 61- 66 53- 57 3 Ucro.. or Ir.t%ur( ST biowia. S

or siSIll. or IV 67. 71 58. 62 4 lIsts dI III.

5 Drsia1, kV. 72. 77 63- 67 6 . IVV 78. 83 68. 72 lo,. or rIll Ii 7 $ wio. musS, or ct p,ll,t$ swill

84. 69 73 - 77 8 V ,iomg,15)

wnSnSr 119 - 123 103 - tar 9 R •SI,g UNATION 1. Place a decimal point to the len of the E OFSTATIONSYMBOLS ANDMAPENTRIES last number. For example. in the sampk plotted report above. 247 becomes24. N Sky 2. Next,placeeither a 9 or a 10in front (to coverage(total amounr....see 6 block the left of the first digitj.Thus 24. be comes either 974.7 mbor 1024.” mb. dd True direction from which wind bio - is 3. To determine whether to place a 0 or a 10 in front of the first digit. Iolioi rhc ff Wind speed knots in or miles per hour— seeblock 9 rule stated next. If the number falls between 56.0 and vv Visibjljty in miles 99.9. place a 9 before the flrsr digit. Present weather_see block 8 If the number falls between 00.0 and Past weather_see w block II 55.9. place a 10 before the first digit. PpP barometric pressurein millibars reduced Thus 24.7 would be 1024.7 mb. to sea level. To decodebarometnc pres TT Current air temperature in Fahrenheit sure. follow the steps listed here N—Fraction of sky covered b low or mid dle clouds—see block 7 CL Low clouds or clouds of vertical devel opmern—see block 3 h Height in feet of the base of the lowest clouds—see block S CM Middle clouds—see block 3 CH High clouds—see block 3 TdTd Dew point temperature in Fahrenheit a Pressure tendency—see block 10 pp Pressure change (in millibars in preced in 3 hours (-28 = 2.8 mb) RR Amount of precipitation (45 = 0.45 inch) R Time precipitation began or ended—see block 4

SYMBOLIC STATION SAMPLE PLOTTED MODEL REPORT

C 3\2 TTdaCMPPP 47 VVww’ ±ppo 3/4** +23/ 30---6.4 Td-’;JCLNhWRI hRR 2 45 CLOUD DESCRIPTION DESC RIP110 N DESCRIPTION A8BRIVIATIOt L M .4•..e..• I,.— S U 0 (.0., CH I. * U 0 (.0..

0t I-Sll5lUS SI C.oi I.,. stall., still. .,,,s, as till. A. IoiosI oI clo.dS.p., Itii IlI5Ullb5 01(1.., 4.0S IS I SlIs. Ii fIStlOOltOPdS do.eloya.e.l sod 01is154, 1151111.4 lt 55901 tall •sisiJ s.d .01 5l5((,jlI.I

C. of ,os.ld.,sbl, t..10.,t.4 gt D.s. IbiclAs 411511. •l. •.lIltI.sli Cl . t*ltb.. • 1,111.4 slits,... Ci. Cit i. 5557 lO.1t1114. .111 at a sbats olbot C. OSoSily 2 2 doss, So (.4. 500 lot *500O). 01 Ks 2 o s .Oss,4 504.11 sba 5,1. at Sc baits nil si Os... ties te.nIs., .4 Cb. 01 504011 I loll. Tb,. Ac. .0.11, •s.l-il505p.,05l. Cs- Cs, v.5.. sP.s Cl .111 095 lstblls ti,5t .1.5 0.111... 0.51. Iload lien-lIla Sal clsast.is( ..,.cb s.d Si C. oil,.. 050I$-11141d. 4. I. ol 1014 .s.t.clly sot (I,, *101050, s.o.S. / ho..,., 3 3 a 511.41. ItlI 3 a.b1,.sl.d .iI& CU .bap.d. all 0. a,llo.ol C,. Sc. 0’ SI C.. oil,. ,a4,.Ii, .,s..d Cc - Ci,oco,,a.Issa This Ac i. pslc I... ii.. i.t,....i. onl.s1sa4,.d. ,., ot., Ill lp sod lb.tb.... Sc 5., ottO bj sp, . ad, s 001 01 C. C. t0l5l,.l*,SI7 cba54l.4 S.d/at ‘.1 t.IIIsS dIosil; 4 4 4 is 5.1050 oil.. p1.51.1 Si.. SI .1011 IOtfl 0111 lootS Ac - Atlocvm..t.I Is o..d Cs. oh,. so I0.0.,jt b.sd.. JI Tb,. Ac •0 basdi or I. a Say,, 4ad.sily I. iIo. •....,atlp ...,4i*s.t . it aol lo,..d by •pt..dis oo. oI C. 5 5 spr.ad,. tool sly Snd ssoalSp lilIcil. 5 450*554 41.5.1 ii. 1.slt0.5 laptI 505 As- Allossl.S 554 so a thoSe ttatlo,, OS .1114.40 C, a.d Cs. oIl,. I. cs..1155.4 b.sdo. a. At fotm.d b, Sb. sptlod..4 aol .5 C. 6 35 a, at bIb 1.1 .5. 0. of bad ...lh., 6 6 Cs s5.... •.a.psll .00rlIIs4..8 s.d S. S1aI...l0. I’O*154 4.io ,. il taolSws9.i. lap.i 0bS. b.,.red Ac. 0, 5 lisSe ISp,, of 45 aIi,ieè is •,4Jo, P. of bad atoll,, bead Ac. s04 Sat.tbsSs a. Ar .111*. sod/a. I.- HsAool, Ills -7 7 Ms 7 V,,I of C. cot.,ss5 *10 i*4ltI .5

Cd 5045, 1501 lo,od b1 09.0.41.4 001 A. Is lb. lila, .1 C...haced l..fI. 0, Ac (sisal ,an,a,s,j isidast Cu ii tdv,tIs 8 of Cal till baa.. U •,ii. v.a Stools 8 •lIb I.,, • oh 8 #01,1 P fly a, F,.cIoco.ss10s M At OS 0 ,b.sollc sly ...aily sI dsSS.,,..l Ce ba.taq • ,l.a.i Sib,... liii tISoi.sI Cc 510510, Cc ...ls 4ois ti.. lI,tis. •.Itb.s *1 41.55, Cs ato 055557 —, Cs, Cb-Cs.-olo.s..b.. 509 .0.. s.o.S. 51S0t4 sIll It sliboal lls Ci b.ss4 II,. .55. c,Iis. (10,4 9 9 51.0 9 Co Sc Si.., hod •5l505

COVERAGE0 SKY tTolst Amounbi ho. And/0, Middle çto.isIql -

No PreCipitation 0 - 49 t4 clouds No cloudg

Less than I hour than Less than one-tentl SO - 99 Less one-tenth ago or one-tenth or one-tenth

Two - tenth, or Two-tenths or Ito 2 hours ago 100 - 199 three-tenths three -tenths

2 to 3 hours ago 200 - 299 Four-tenths Four -tenths

3 to 4 hours ago 300 - 599 live -t mt hi Five - I enthi

S 4 to hourit ao 600 - 999 Slit -tenth. Slit-tenths

Seven-tenths oi Seven—tenths or S to 6 hours ago 1.000 - 1.499 eight -tenths eight -tenth4

Nine-tenths or over Nine tenthsor ovêl. 6 to 12 hours ago 1.500 - I 999 cast with openings cast wIth opening4 More than 12 2.000 - 2.499 Completely overcast Completely overcl hours ago At or above Al or above Unknown 8.000. or no 2,500. or no Sky obured Sky obscured clouds C los4 S - I • — - —1 - -j -‘ : - Name: j-

Date: _ Completethe followingproblemsusingyourReferenceTablesandYourKnowledgeof Earth Science. RULES!!!

1. Wet Bulb: 18C Dry Bulb: 23C 2. Wet Bulb:18C What is the RelativeHumidity? bry Bulb: 23C What is the DewPoint?

3. Wet Bulb:19C Dry Bulb: 20C 4. Wet Bulb: 19C What is the RelativeHumidity? bryBuib: 20C What is the bewPoint?

5. RelativeHumidity: 72% bifference between 6. Wet Bulb:60F wetanddry: 3C Dry Bulb= 70 F What is the Dry Bulb? What is the bewPoint? What is the Wet Bulb?

7. bewPoint: 14C 8. RelativeHumidity: 33% Differencebetween bifference between Wet andbry: 1C bryond Wet Bulb: 6C What is the dry bulb? What is the wet bulbtemp?

What is the dry bulbin Fahrenheit? What si the Wet bulbin Fahrenheit?

9. Asthe difference betweenthe bry BulbTempcomescloserto the Wet bulbTemp.what happensto relative humidity?

0. Whatsituationexists whendry bulbisequalto wet bulb? ai1y Weathep

What is the station model?

Goto the referencetables!!l!

What is barometricpressure? Whathappensonthe stationmodel?

Here’sthe trick... A readingof 1017.5lookslike

A readingof 997.4lookslike

If the Stationmodelshowsa numberabove500 put a 9 infront.

If a stationmodelshowsa numberbelow500 put a 10infront.

Whatare barometrictrends?

Howdoesthis affect weather HighPressureindicatesheavyair... Andit’s characteristics?

LowPressureindicateslightair...

Summary: Name: 5ever5tormsI1 bate: INTRObUCTION: Anareaof lowpressurethatcontainsrisingwormairiscalledacyclone.Mid-latitude cycloneseffect the UnitedStatesthroughouttheyearalongwithhurricanesinthesummer andearly fall. Wecommonlycallthesestormshurricanes,tornadoes,andthunderstorms,and allof themare consideredsevereweatherproducingevents.Theyoftenoccurtogether withoutnotice.Hurricanesoften“pal”aroundwithtornadoes.Theyarecontainedwithinthe hurricaneandusuallygounnoticed.TornadoAlley,of themid-westUnitedStates,produces severethunderstormsthat oftenchangeintotornadoesandbackagain.In thislabyouwill trackthepathof a hurricaneandtornado.Asyoucompletethislabthinkof thedamageboth stormsproduce,thewarningbothstormsgiveandthe livesaffected bytheseevents.

Vocabulary:

StormTrack:

Hurricane:

Tornado:

- Saffire/SimpsonScale:

FujitaScale:

StepstoSuccess: 1.UsetheHurricaneAndrewDatacharttoplotthecyclonefromAugust 20th toAugust27th• 2.Foreachpositionlabelthedoteandtime. 3.UsingtheSaffire/SimpsonScaledeterminethetropicalcyclonescategoryof strength. Lookat ch’t nextpage.. Ex.CateyJ . piessurelessthan979. winds74-95mph,caUsingminimaldamage. 4.Connecteadp1nt plottedwitha line,drawingarrowstoindicatedirectionofmovement. SAFFIRISIMPSONHURRICANESCALE CALENUMBER PRESSURE WINDS STORM DAMAGE (CATEGORY) (millibsn) (mp*n SURGE(Ii) TROP.DEPRESSION —— <38 —— ——

TROPICALSTORM — — 39-73 — — — — 1 >979 74-95 4-5 Minimsi ii 965—979 96-110 6-8 Morate III 945-964 111—130 9—12 Extensive IV 920—944 131—155 13—IS Extien V <920 >155 >18 Catas*rvçDc HURRICANE ANDREW DATA CHART (AUGUST, 1992) DATE/TIME LAT. (N) LONG.W PRESSRUE WIND (E.S.T) (mb) (MPK) 20/8pm 23.0 62.5 1014 52 21/8am 24.5 64.0 (007 58 8pm 25.5 66.0 (000 69 22/8am 26.0 68.5 981 81 8pm 25.5 71.0 961 104 23/8am 23.5 740 933 138 8 pm 23.5 77.5 930 144 24/8am 23.5 81.0 951 127 8pm 26.0 85.0 943 132 23/8am 27.0 88.0 946 132 8pm 28.5 90.5 937 138 — 26/8am 30.0 91.5 973 92 8pm 31.5 91.0 995 27/8am 33.0 89.5 998 35 Spm 34.5 86.5 1000 23

HURRICANE ANDREW

oO’ 95’ 90’ 85’ 80 75’ 70’ 650 STEPSTO SUCCESS: 1. The Fujita Scalemeasuresthe strength of a tornadobywinds-peed.Givingit a category numberlikethat of a hurricane. 2. Onaveragetornadoeslastslessthanan hourtravelingat 20to 60 mph.Stayingwith its parentthunderstormcloud. 3. Usethe Stormtrack belowto answerthe questions.

WICHITA.ANDOVERTORNADO

Map Courtesy of NQAA Mopping and Aetiol by Brion ( Smiipi. NSSFC QUESTIONS: Hurricane: 1. Lookingat the Saffire/SimpsonScalewhatrelationshipis there betweenair pressure,wind velocityanddamage.

2. What happensto the pressureandwindvelocityof the stormfrom August25th to August 26”

3. Consideringyouransweraboveandthe pathof HurricaneAndrew,whydid this happen? Wheredoesa hurricaneget its energy?

4. Stormsurgeis the pushof waterontothe landby hurricanewinds,whatarea(s)mostlikely experiencedthe highestsurgeanddamageonthe EastCoastfrom Andrew?

5. What directiondoesthe stormtravel whensouthof 30 North Latitude?

6. What happensto Andrewsdirectionassoonasit goesabovethe 30 North Iatitude Next unit youwill find dut why...©Anyideas? Tornado: 7. Asthe Fujita Scaleshowsthe Tornadoincreasingin intensity,whathappensto the widthof destructionbythe tornado?

8. Wheredid the Wichita-AndoverTornadoreachmaximumintensity?

9. What is the generalstormtrack directionof the tornado?

10.What is the total timethe stormwasonthe ground?

Comparinghurricanesandtornadoes: 11.Comparethedurationofthehurricanetothetornado?

12.Whichstormprobablycausedmoredamage?Why...

13.Whichstormprobablycausedmoredeaths?Why...

14.In the casethat youareevercaughtina severeweathersituationwhatore somethings youcandotostayassafeaspossible?(researchthis if youdont know) Name Class Date Chapter13 UsingScienceSkills:Interpretinggraphsanddiagrams

Hurricanes:ASeasonalPowerhouse

Hurricanes are cyclonic storms that form over the warm ocean water. They usually begin between latitudes 5 and 20 degrees above the equator. Most hurricanes occur during the months of August, September, and October. An area is prone to hurricanes if it has a coastline on a warm body of water such as the Atlantic Ocean or the Gulf of Mexico. Hurricanes that form in the south Atlantic usually last for about 9 days. As they form, most hurricanes move west-northwest. When they reach about 30 degrees north latitude, they get caught up in the prevailing westerlies. As a result, they begin to move northeast. Fortunately, only a few of the tropical disturbances that occur in the ocean turn into hurricanes.

Figure1 TropicalStormsandHurricanesReportedBetween1886and1980

100 100

90 90

80 80

70 70 (I) z E 60 60 C. (I) a, 50 50 0 a, C’) E 40 40 g 3 z 30 30

20 20

10 10

0 0 10 20 MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

Source:TropicalCyclonesof NorthAtlanticOcean7877—7980NOAA

1. What is the relationship between the number of tropical storms and hurricanes that have occurred in the past 94 years?

2. Why do you think only some tropical storms turn into hurricanes?

The greatest damage caused by hurricanes occurs when coastal areas are flooded. Flooding is caused primarily by friction produced by strong hurricane winds as they move across the surface of the water. The friction produces high waves and storm swells. Wave height can vary from 10 to 20 meters during a powerful storm.

Hurricanestormsurge

Source:StormSurgeBulletinand Pictures.NOAA Figure2 Sequenceof Storm Surge

Some hurricanes produce a rapid rise in the level of the water. These great domes of water are called storm surges. Storm surges are often 80 kilometers wide. They sweep across the coastline much like a bulldozer. When storm surges strike the coastline during high tide, they produce serious damage in low-lying coastal regions. 4. How does the force of a hurricane influence the land? ______

5. What is a storm surge?

6. How is a storm surge like a bulldozer?

© 1988Prentice-Hall,Inc. EarthScience 611 I .2gEarthhascontinuouslybeenrecyclingwatersincetheoutgassingof waterearlyin its history. Thisconstantrecirculationof waterat andnearEarth’ssurfaceis described bythehydrologic(water)cycle. -Water is returnedfrom the atmosphereto Earth’ssurfaceby precipitation. Waterreturnsto the atmosphereby evaporationor transpirationfromplants. A portionof the precipitationbecomesrunoffoverthe land or infiltratesinto the groundto becomestoredin the soilor groundwaterbelowthewatertable. Soil • capillarityinfluencestheseprocesses. -Theamountof precipitationthatseepsintothegroundor runsoff is influenced by climate,slopeof the land,soil,rocktype,vegetation,landuse,anddegreeof saturation. -Porosity,permeability,andwaterretentionaffectrunoffandinfiltration. • StandardI - Mathenátical Anlaysis KeyIdeaI - InformationalSystems KeyIdeas1& 3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard6 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 Standard7 • - Strategies KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 1.2g— Permeabilitylabinvestigation Porositylabinvestigation Capillarityinvestigation Waterretentioninvestigation •Infiltrationrateinvestigations

17 2.ls Weatheringis the physicalandchemicalbreakdownof rocksat or nearEarth’s surface. Soilsare the resultof weatheringandbiologicalactivityoverlongperiodsof time. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1

Resource& LabActivities 2.ls Chemicalversephysicalweatheringofchalkinvestigation 2.ls Soilhorizoncontainers 2.ls Streamabrasionlaboratoryexperiment 2.ls Grainsizeanalysisusingsieves

39. 2.lt Naturalagentsof erosion,generallydrivenby gravity,remove,transport,and depositweatheredrockparticles. Eachagentof erosionproducesdistinctivechanges in the materialthat it transportsand creates characteristicsurface features and landscapes.In certainerosionalsituation,lossof property,personalinjury,andlossof lifecanbe reducedbyeffectiveemergencypreparedness. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea2 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeal Standard2 - Information KeyIdeas2,3 Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1 - Strategies KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 2.lt Coastalprocesseslaboratoryinvestigation 2.lt Streamabrasionlaboratoryexperiment 2.lt Streamerosionanddepositionexperiment

40 2.lu The naturalagentsof erosioninclude: * Streams (running water): Gradient, discharge, and channel shape influencea stream’svelocityandthe erosionanddepositionof sediments. Sedimentstransportedby streamstend to becomeroundedas a result of abrasion. Streamfeatures includeV-shapedvalleys, deltas, flood plains, and meanders. A watershed is the area drained by a stream and its Tributaries. * Glaciers(movingice): Glacialerosionalprocessesincludethe formation of U-shapedvalleys, parallel scratches,and grooves in bedrock. Glacial features include moraines, drumlins, kettle lakes, ‘finger lakes, and outwashplains. * Wave Action: Erosion and deposition cause changes in shoreline features, includingbeaches,sandbars,and barrier islands. Wave action roundssedimentsas a resultof abrasion. Wavesapproachinga shoreline movesandparallelto the shorewithinthe zone of breakingwaves. * Wind:Erosionof sedimentsby wind is most commonin arid climatesand along shorelines. Wind-generatedfeatures include dunes and sand- blastedbedrock. * MassMovement:Earthmaterialsmovedownslopeunderthe influenceof gravity.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis Key Idea2 - ScientificInquiry Key Idea2 - EngineeringDesign Key Idea I Standard2 - Information Key Idea2 Standard6 - SystemsThinking Key Idea I - Magnitude& Scale Key Idea3 - Equilibrium& Stability Key Idea4 - Patternsof Change Key Idea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lu Slideshowflow chart:Erosionand MassMovement 2.lu Coastalprocesseslaboratoryinvestigation 2.lu Streamvelocitylab. 2.Iu Stereoviewers3-D aerialphotographs 2.lu Referencetables, pages2,3 2.1u Laserdisc geology

41 AIM: HOWDOESONEKNOWTIlE WAYINWHICHA ROCKHAS BEEN ERODED?

1)What is erosion?

2) Whatare the three parts of an erosional transport system? 1) 2) 3)

3) What is a transport or erosional agent?

4) What are the five transport or erosional agents? 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

5) What is the number one erosional agent?

6) How do different erosional agents change sediments? 1)water -

2) wind -

3) glaciers -

4) gravity -

108 For each of the sedimentsbelowindicatewhicherosionalagentactedupon it. Statewhatyou observedabouteachsedimentthat broughtyou to your conclusion.

Type of erosion: Type of erosion: ______

Reason: Reason:

erosion: Type of erosion: Type of ______

Reason: Reason:

109 Name: Period:

Measuring Soil’s Permeability Rate

In this investigation you will discover how particle size effects permeability. Four tubes have been set up, three of them with uniform particle size and one with mixed sizes.

Vocabulary:

Permeability—

Permeability rate

Directions:

1. Perform 5 trials with one particle size and calculate the permeability rate for each trial. 2. Eliminate the highest and lowest permeability rate. Then calculate the average of the remaining 3 trials. 3. Perform direction steps 1 and 2 for each particle size. 4. Graph your averages using a bar graph. 5. Answer all questions.

r ParticleSize Rate of Permeability(cm/sec) Rate of Permeability(cm/sec)

2: =3 -v

C, C CM N ft a:

Sr Particle size: Trial 1: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 2: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 3: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 4: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 5: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

3 Trial Average:

Particle size: Tn-al 1: Distance: Permeability rate:

— Time:

Trial 2: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 3: •Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 4: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 5: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

3 Trial Average: Particle size: Trial 1: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 2: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 3: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 4: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 5: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

3 Trial Average:

Particle size: Trial 1: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 2: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 3: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 4: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

Trial 5: Distance: Permeability rate: Time:

3 Trial Average: 1. What seems to be the relationship between particle size and permeability rate?

2. Based on what you just learned,describe how heavy rain would affect the following:

a. clay tennis courts:

b. a gravel driveway:

c. sandy desert:

3. What was the purpose of eliminating 2 of the 5 trials for each particle size? Wt©r Name: o Earth bate:

A nswerthefollowingquestionson the linesprovided.

1. ‘,That term refers w the stages that water goes through as it moves between the atmosphere and Earth?

2. What providesthe energy that causes water to evaporate? 3. What is precipitation?

do it falls io Earth? 4. What three things may water after — d’ •-.P.

5. What is the term for water that does not soak into the ground and does not evaporate?

6. How does the slope of the Land affect the amount of runoff after a rain?

7. Why is there more runoff after a heavy rain than after a light rain?

8. How do grass and other plants affect runoff?

9. What happensto runoff water?

10. Write the correct terms in the blanks in the drawing of the water cycle.

Cloudscool I’A

— — — _ — — — ; ; ‘4,11 — — —. — p. — — p. —— -. 4, , / I

Watertable ______

:I.* •.•••.tib

1 j Gt s I rosI bate: Lab3-5

INTRObUCTION: Haveyoueverwonderedwhereall the rainwatergoesafter it hits the ground?Asyousee someof it goesinto the drainsonThesidesof the streets. A largeportionactually infiltrates into the ground.Butwheredoesit goafter it isunderground?Waterfills the emptyspaces inthe ground,betweenthe soilparticles,calledporosity.Porosityisthe percentageof open spacebetweenparticles.In this labyouaregoingto determinethe percentof openspace V betweendifferent sizedparticlesandmixedparticles. V

VOCABULARY: V V Porosity

Infiltration:

Sorted:

Unsorted:

STEPSTO SUCCESS: 1.Youaregoingto begiventhree columnseachcontaining400mLof Earth-Likematerials (beads)that ore well sorted, samesize 2. Fill a beakerwith EXACTLY250 mL 3. WITHOUT MAKING A MESS,graduallypourthe water from the beakerinto the column

-. p until the water reachesthe top of the Earth-Like materia’. BESURECLAMPIS CLOSEb. 4. betermine the amountof water neededto fill the emptyspace. 5. Calculatethe percentageof pore spocein eachcolumn

HMMMMMM...How do you calculate pore space????? Example: - If the volumeof woter neejed to fill the emptyspacesbetweentheEarth-like particlesis 24OrnL - If the total volumeof the Earth-likematerialis 400mL

PercentPoreSpace: Volumeof PoreSpace X 100 240mL X 100 = 60%porosity Total Volumeof Particles 400mL

REMINDER: STOPPOURINGTHE WATERWHENYOUREACHTHETOPOFTHE PARTICLES.Thencalculatethe amountof water neededto fill the space= water poured.© bcitct Sheet

- - - Earth-Like Small Medium Large Mixed Particles 4mm 7mm 12mm Unsorted Volume of Earth-Like

Particles

Amount of water

Neededtofill space PoRosrrY .

%EmptySpace .

water retention : : 1

Use the data from the data chart to graphthe % porosity for only the SortedParticles below:

Cl, 0 0 —

..0 ______0’

—

——

______

U, 0 I C I .0 ______0’ 1 — I

ParticleSize(mm) 4 Name: bate:

Porosity Quiz 3 similar tubes, each containing different particle sizesthat are sorted and uniform were used to compare porosity and capillarity. A fourth tube containing a mixture of the first 3 wasalso studoed.

Water Line

A B C ID

1.The bottom of the tubes were all closed and filled with water up to the top of the particles. It took 5OmLto fill tube A. How much water did it take top fill tubes and C? ______***Exploin why?

2. In one or two sentences compare the porosity of tube C to Tube b.

3. The water wasdrained from the tubes and set in a shallow pan of water. Which tube did the water rise the highest? - ***Explain why? - ______ct©r ffwfi P©rmbU?y d Poroffty What is oneword for Porosity?

What is onewordfor Permeability?

Fill in the followingchart usingthe wordsbelow: Round,Angular,Various,Mixed,High,Low,Sorted,Unsorted,small, medium, large,

Whataffect will packing Packingdecreasesthe porosityandthe permeability haveonthe particles? of substances.

5ummary: Permeabilityis highwhen4

Porosityis highwhen4 ILt lJ— I(

1.Asthe temperatureof thesoildecreasesfrom 10°C 4. Apartmentbuildingsandparkinglotscompletely ‘to-5°C.Theinfill’rol’ion rate of ground water Cove,’ onareaThatwasonceanopen,grasscovered Throughthissoilwillmostlikely field.What.factormostlikelyincreasedbecauseof (1) decrease (3) remainThesome Thisconstruction (1) capillañly (2) increase (2) runoff (3) infiltrationintothe ground 2.Whichgraphbest representsthe relationship (4) the levelof the localwatertable betweenthe surfaceslopeof adry, sandysoiland the infiltrationrateof rain 5. Whichdiagrambestillustratesthe conditionof the (1) (3) soilbelowthe watertable? .

SOILRTICLES sicE •WATER 0 PORE SPACE(AIR) (2) (4) (1) (3) r p

—

3. Baseyouransweronthe ffar1h 5cienceReference (2) (4) Tab/es,yourknowledgeof earth science,andthe ,L diagramsbelow.Thediagramsrepresenttwo of the of solid different samples same‘type . material,troth at sealevelatmosphericpressureand troth at the sametemperature. 6.Theamountof surfacerunoff increasesas (1) porosityincreases (2) permeabilityincreases T (3) the slopeof the landdecreases (4) the infiltrationrate decreases

TL±i’ I— .OCP’1 1.’— —‘4

BecausesampleA andsampleBareof ‘thesame uniformmaterial,what conclusioncouldbemode abouttheir densities? (1) Thedensityof A isgreater than Bbecauseof A’slargervolume. (2) ThedensttyofAisgreaterthanBbeCQUSeOfA ‘5 largermass. (3) Thedensitiesof A andBareequaldespitetheir differentsizesandshapes. (4) Thedensityof BisgreaterthanA becauseB hasbeenweathered. Page 1 7.BaseyouranswerontheEarlhSciaiceaQefeieice b Thbks,the diagrambelow,andyourknowledgeof EarthscienceThediagramrepresentssamplesof soil andbedrockat Earthssurface.Thearrows representpossibleinfiltrationof rainwater. Zoneswithinsoilandrockareclassifiedbythe water movementoccurringinthe zones.Whichdiagram bestrepresentsthe mostcommonarrangementof thesezones? (1) /ace (3) ,/Sw1ace Aeratedzone Aeratedzone

imperrneabie zone

Pebb’esoil Pebble-and-sandsoil Saturated

(4) (2) /ace ,/iuiiace A I ln Saturatedzone zone

Aeratedzone Saturatedzone

Hn,enneabe ira1ed zone Conglomerate Granttebedrock zone bedrock

QUESTIONS: 1.Looking at yourgraphabove, whatrelationshipisthere betweenparticlesizeof sorted materialsandthe amounto emptyspacebctweenthe particles?

2. Explainwhyandhowthis relationshipconexist betweendifferent sizedparticles? (Hint:if the particles are large what happensto the # of porespacesandtheir size?) IslandOURWater on9 S S.

Confining layers are another type of formation found in Long Island’s hydrologic system. The Raritan Clay, located above the Lloyd Aquifer and below the Magothv Aquifer, is one such formation. A confining layer is characteristically impermeable through out most of its formationdue to its rock composition. Water moves slowly through confining layers and little water is stored in them. A cross section of Long Island’s 3 major aquifers and 1 major confining layer is found in Figure 3. AQUIFERS AND CONFINING LAYERS A rock formtion or group of formations that holds and allows ALL LONG ISLAND’SAQUIFERS ARE water water to INTERCONNECTED move through it is called an aquifer. Long Island’s groundwater system The sediment deposits beneath Long contains three major aquifers. These Island are divided into several aquifer aquifer formations are as follows: and confining layers because they are of different geologic origin and rock I 1. The tipperGlacial Aquifer, composition. They are, however, 2. The and Magothvquifer integral parts of one large system 3. The Lloyd Aquifer

1 I I p

Figure4 I NY State—DEC. 1986. AquIfers

Conft*g Layers I Groisdwar DiV Bedrock north south

I..’ ‘I — I’

- I I— _ — —‘S S _l5#,_ , I, — ._I — — — S ‘I — S : — — -‘S S Generalized Groundwater Movement Patterns Not to

that is interconnected by the ground natural groundwater replenishment. water that moves through and between These artificial recharge areas are them. Diagrams of this groundwater necessary because paving and building system often convey an impression of :r-lstructionhas disturbed natural each aquifer as separate and isolated. r ‘water infiltration patterns and Readers should caution themselves in. eased surface runoff. against this interpretation as associated with the water in problems THROUGH one aquifer will most likely, in time, GROUNDWATERMOVES THE travel through the r’estof the system. AQUIFERSYSTEM Water that enters Long Island’s aquifers is in constant motion. Water movement RAINW ‘ER REPLENISHES OUR AQUIFERS or flow patterns in this system are and according to location. Rainwater that travels through the dynamic vary Groundwater movement are soil and reaches the groundwater is patterns illustrated in Figure 4. Along the called recharge. Water is constantly central east—west corridor of our leaving the groundwater system by island, groundwater moves vertically natural outflow or by human use. downward towards the underlying bedrock replenishes the water Recharging water back upwards towards both of that leaves the In developed and arcs system. the coasts. The groundwater divide is areas on Long Island1 recharge basins the area where groundwater moving or “surnps”are excavated to facilitate Figure5

WatercanrerTs1 mLongIsars aaifersystem for thours of years. I

‘.1Contourknes represent the ae w’ years. I of the Qroundwater.

— S I — — —. SI f Approximate Tine Requied for Water to Movefrom the Water Tab’e to Posits Wtthhi Long Island’sGroundwaterSystem

SOURCE: Modified from Franke and vertically eventually separates into Cohen, 1972. north or south flows as illustrated in Figure .. Moving north and south away from the Ronkonkoma Moraine and towards the coasts, groundwater in the system moves primarily horizontally and shallow towards coastal waters. As a result of this sha1low horizontal table various locations in movement, water recharging in areas water to Island’s regional groundwater near the coast has a shorter residence Long Groundwater movement time time in the aquifer system. system. varies considerably depending on its location. For example, water entering GROUNDWATER MOVES SLOWLY a shallow flow region near the coast Groundwater movement occurs very slowly. may take 25 years to reach coastal I Its rate of movement can be measured waters while water at the groundwater table in feet per year. Figure 5 shows divide’s water may require the base of the approximations of the time required 3,000 years to reach for groundwater to travel from the Lloyd Aquifer. I IslandOURWater on9 S

Questionsabout LongIslands Aquifers: 1.What do we call a rock type that allowswater to movethrough it?

2.Why istheQaritanClayconsidereda ConfiningLayer?

3.What dowe calltherainwaterthat infiltratesand becomesgroundwater?

4.What isthegroundwaterdivide? Explainthe motionof thewater.

5.The regionlabeledGroundwaterbivideinFigure is located around the LIExpressway.How long(about)wouldit takeforthewatertoinfiltrateat the L.I. Expresswayandreach a water well in Bayport or BluePoint?

6. Why wouldthe groundwater in the Lloyd Aquifer take hundredsto thousandsof years to get there? (Think Permeability/porosity)

7. bo youthink old or newerwater is better for drinking andwhy?

4 Name: C1’emcaI andPhysicalWeafherj Lab 3-8 INTRODUCTION: Weatheringis a processthat stops for nomanor woman. - Theconsistentbreakdownof mater2alsat the Earth’ssurface is whathelpskeepthe makinganddestructionof rock inequilibrium. Chemicalreactionsare occurringall the time onthe Earth’ssurface. As Precipitationfalls throughthe atmosphereit combineswith Carbonbioxide makinga slightly acidicsolution. Thisacidhasthe ability to react with materials andbreakthemdownchemically Physicalchangesoccurdailyaswell,whenyoudrive alongsomeroad-cutsyou seerocksthat haveslippedfrom the face. Bigrocksbecomelittle rocksover time duewater that seepsinto the cracksandfreezes andthawsrepeatedly. Let’sseethis happeningright before oureyes...©

Materials: Limestone,CarbonicAcid,Hammer,PaperTowels, 2 Test Tubes,PaperClipsandSandPaper

Vocabulary: ChemicalWeathering:

Physicalweathering:

Acid:

Procedure: Step I: 1.Obtain2 smallpiecesof limestoneaboutthe samesize. 2.Carefullycrushoneof the piecesin the papertowelwith the hammer. 3. Addabout50 mlof Carbonicacidto eachBeaker. 4. Placethe test tube in the rackandplacethe limestonesamplesin eachat the sametime. 5. Observethe limestonefor a few minutes. It’s amazinghow wateraffects the surfaceof the Earth. Questions: 1. Whichsamplethe wholeor brokenlimestonehasmoresurfacearea?

2. What happensto the crushedlimestonein terms of fizz comparedto the wholelimestone?

3. What type of weatheringchemicalor physicaloccurswhenthe limestone is brokenwith the hammer?

4. Whichof the 2 samplesreacts morerapidly? Why??

5. Of the 2 piecesof limestone,onemayhavebeenlargerthanthe other, couldthis affect your results?Explain... . 6. In cavesthis processproducesstalactites andstalagmitesanyideaswhy?

Part II: I placeda sodabottle filled to the brim with water andthen cappedit in the freezer. Answerthe followingquestionsbasedonthis andinfer the outcome...© Questions: 1. What results doyouexpectto get tomorrow?Explainthe process.

2. What wouldhappenif the Bottle weren’tfilled to the top? Why?

3. What dowecallthis processonthe Earth’ssurface?Explainwhat happens? Name: Period: Stream Abrasion Lab

Introduction: Moving water wears down the surface of the

Earth. Both physical and chemical weathering are present in

streams. Rocks can be rounded as they roll and bounce down stream. Water will also dissolve soluble minerals that are in the rock.

Purpose: to explore some factors that affect the rate at which rocks weather in moving water.

Vocabulary: abrasion

weathering

sediment

erosion

hardness

soluble

bedrock

Procedures:

A. .1. Record the exact weight of the presoaked limestone chips on chart A. Shootfor somewhere around 100

grams. 4 2. Put the chips and 200 ml of water in the container.

3. Close, and shake for 3 minutes.

4. Remove the chips and dry with a paper towel. Weigh all the chips and record this new mass.

5. Put the chips back into the container and repeat the

process. Record the new mass. Repeat the process until the chips have been shaken for a total of 12 minutes.

6. Use the equation new mass divided by old mass times

100 to calculate the percent of mass remaining after each 3 minute interval.

7. On graph 1, plot the data for percent mass remaining versus time. Line graph.

Procedure: B

1. Repeat the steps of procedure A using quarts chips in place of limestone. Record data on chart B.

2. Graph this data on graph 1, use a different color then before.

Procedure: C

1. Repeat the steps in procedure A using halite. Record data on chart C.

2. Graph this data on graph 1, using a different color. REPORT SHEET

CHARTA Weathefirlg Mass %Mass time(mm.) Remaining Remaining 0

3 . 6 9

CHARTB Weatheflng Mass % Mass tune(nn.) Remaining Remaining 0

6 9

CHARTC

Weathenng Mass %Mass time(mm.) Remaining Remaining 0

6 9

12 Questions:

1. How did the rate of loss of the limestone change from the beginning of the experiment to the end?

2. How do you account for the change in rate at which limestone was lost?

3. what effect does increased time of abrasion have on the size of rock fragments?

4. What effect does increased time of abrasion have on shape of rock fragments?

5. What percentage of quartz remained after 3 minutes?

6. What percentage of halite remained after 3 minutes?

7. What characteristic of halite is responsible for the

results in procedure C? 8. What effect does hardness have on the rate at which a rock abrades?

q. What effect does the angularity of rock chips have on the rate of abrasion?

10. What are some ways in which a stream moves material? Wheredoocean currentscomefrom?

Whatpurposedoocean currentsserveother than wavemakers?

Whatarewaves? 3 Factors: 1.

Theçenseawaveis verydifferent thanthe nearshorewave... OpenSea: ONLYthe wavemovesforward notthe wateritself ...???©

NearShore: Thewavebeginsto feel the bottomandslowsat the base. Thewavegrowsupwardsuntil it cannotsupportitself 9 Thisturbulentwateris called4 Water runningback4 Strongnarrowcurrentsrunout to seafrom the beach4

Upruh We. b.com.s hiqh.r ond ie,r’ We,, be,ok on b,och

D..p was., —Sh&ow w0tr _ury11lTI / rrrrrrn11TrrrTrhl” III ‘7 ong .rosion Lower kmit of Wa,, f,nt \. 19 motion of wo,.r 1.á bOOIIVt” h.rs 060.000 ChOnQ. in mOslOn of wOts? patlid.i Whatarethe partsto the Beach?

TheLongshorebrifi Model:

What effects dojetties haveonthe beach?

Harbor]1 Land .. iift \

—;;;;; Sea

Whyaregroinsbuilt intoa beach? Name: Period: Coastal Processes T

A wave causes water at and below the oceans surface to move in circles. In the open ocean this circular motion will not produce any net change in the waters position. Near the shore however the crashing and rolling of waves will cause erosion of sediments. The larger and faster waves are as they approach the shore, the more weathering and erosion will take place.

Vocabulary:

Breakwater—

Fetch—

Groin

Headlands—

Jetties

Longshore currents

Refraction—

Riptide

Sandbar—

Wave period— 1. Set-up the beach, and record the measurements. 2. Using the wave maker, pound the beach with between 30 and 100 waves. Record the exact number of waves you used. Remember waves will usally approach the beach at an angle less then 90 degrees.

Robert Mosses Beach

7 / beach elevation: ./ / / ., V V V ,7 / • 7’ • / / - / 7 / - /•••• •, •, /• / / / .• . beach width: //7,./

beach gradient: number of waves used:

3. Draw and measure your results.

beach elevation:

beach width:

beach gradient:

4. In no less then 25 neatly and brilliantly written words: Write a composition describing what happened, how and why. A method commonly used to help protect the shoreline is to place a breakwater offshore. This technique is used to decrease the waves energy by forcing the wave to break further offshore.

1. Set—up the beach, and record the measurements. 2. Using the wave maker, pound the beach with between 30 and 100 waves. Record the exact number of waves you used. Remember waves will usally approach the beach at an angle less then 90 degrees.

Robert Mosses Beach With Breakwater

/,/ beach elevation: / // // ,// // / ./ //‘ / /

ueach width:

beach gradient:

C -, NN number of waves used:

3. Draw and measure your results.

beach elevation:

beach width:

beach gradjen

4. In no less then 25 neatly and brilliantly written words: Write a composition describing what happened, how and why. The presence of prominent headlands on coasts has an important influence on waves and tides, on sediment erosion and deposition and, ultimately, on shoreline evolution. Headlands capture wave energy by causing waves convergence, thus modifying the shape of the coastline.

Rocky Point Beach

headland beach elevation:

ach width: beach gradient:

Cove beach elevation:

beach width:

beach elevation: number of waves used:

3. Draw and measure your results. headland beach elevation:

beach width:

beach gradient:

cove beach elevation:

beach width:

beach gradient:

4. In no less then 25 neatly and brilliantly written words: Write a composition describing what happened, how and why. Groins are wall—like structures placed perpendicular to the beach to capture sediments drifting alongshore. Once this material is caught, the design allows for bypassing, either over or around the groin, so as to maintain drift. In this way the rate of longshore sediment transport may be controlled.

1. Set-up the beach, and record the measurements. 2. Using the wave maker, pound the beach with •between30 and 100 waves. Record the exact number of waves you used. Remember waves will usally approach the beach at an angle less then o degrees.

Westhampton Beach With Groin Field

Oo7.

A / number of waves used:

3. Draw and measure your results.

4. In no less then 25 neatly and brilliantly written words: Write a composition describing what happened, how and why. Name Period:

COASTALPROCESSES3L

Ocean Waves. Waves on water mean many thingstous.Theycanmean the difference between a swim in a calm sea and the opportunity to go surfing. 24. Whichtypeofwindscreatesthe Largestves? (1 steady Wind is the cause of most waves. The size of wind-dri windblowingovera greatdistance (2)gustywindsin a rain ven waves depends primarily upon two factors. The storm (3)light windsblowingoffthe land (4) winds that In faster the winds, the higher the waves. Youcan proba quentlvchangedirection bly recall that waves are much larger on winds’ days 25. What is the principal source of the energy that dri than they are on calm days. The other factor is the dis ves ocean currents? (1) radioactivity from within the tance over which the wind pushes on the water. The Earth (2) densitycurrents (3) heat escaping from within waves from a local sea breeze will be much smaller the Earth (4) sunlight than those generated by a wind that blows over a larger distance. The waves generated by winds from a hurricane far offshore can damage coastal areas that are not otherwise affected by the storm. 23. What is the third factor that affects the size of wind driven waves?

HOW DOES THE OCEAN 26. ttraw one or more diagrams to illustrate CHANGETHE COASTS? each of the highlighted terms. Label all parts of your diagram. Waves do not really move water, they transmit en the ergy. In the open ocean as a wave passes. water *ves in circles. When the wave reaches the shore, the wave “feels bottom.” That means the water at the bottom of the circle touches the sand and slows due to friction. The water at the top of the circle contin ues to move forward, and the circle becomes an el lipse. Eventually, the top of the wave is so far ahead of the bottom of the wave that it collapses to form a breaker and releases its energy. The area of the break ers is called the surf zone. When the waves in the surf zone are high. rip cur rents may form. Rip currents are strong narro’v cur rents that flow out to sea through the surf zone. Rip currents can be dangerous to swimmers. A swimmer caught in a rip current should swim parallel to the shore, not against the current, until he/she is clear of the rip current, then swim back to shore. The action of the waves tends to carry sand parallel to the beach in the surf zone. The movement of water in this zone is known as the longshore cuiTent.

I Write a caption for figure C—9, it should include the words: erosion, deposition, waves, convergence, refraction, headland, cove (bay).

Figure C-9. I,

Features. The depositional DepositiOfla shorelines are il features common along some ocean features are lustrated in Figure C-1O.Depositional sand along a formed as longshore currents move islands are offshore ridges of sand beach. Barrier A that rise above the surface of the water. (sandbars) the accumulation of sand that extends from spit is an accumulation of land into the water. A tombolo is an mainland. sand that connects an island to the

Identify each of the highlighted features from the paragraph above in figure C-iD below.

Tidalinlet Marsh

Figure C-1O. Depositional shorelinefeatures.Waveactionthat causes the migration of sand alongthe beachesfromleft to right hascreated these depositionalfeatures. Human-made Beach Structures Read the following information about human—madebeach structures and indicate what the missing words are. Use figure C-Il to help you.

Human structures can alter the flow of currents The more we alter natural systems, such as the and the sand they carw Storms carry away beach longshore current and sand movements, the more we sand, changing a wide, sandy beach into a narrow sthp realize that these systems are more complex and sensi of hard sand. To protect beaches from losing sand to tive than we initially thought. The natural balance of longshore currents, some shoreline communities have E. and deposition has taken man centuries to constructed low walls called A. into the water. Not reach equilibrium. If we do not alter the shoreline, we only will the groins prevent further erosion of the can usually depend on the balance of erosion and de beach they also promote the natural restoration of the position to maintain the beaches. Structures thatex beach. B. protect the entrance to a harbor from tend into the water are constructed to preserve the buildup of sediment. They also provide protection beaches and control the force of the waves, too often from waves. C. are also built froni the beach into they remind us of the shortsightedness of our endeav the ocean. Although these structures may cause sand ors. In addition to producing the beneficial effects for to build where the D. current is slowed, they which they were built, they often cause more harm usually cause more beach erosion further along the than good by generating a series of undesirable ef shore. See Figure C-li. Beach erosion can be espe fects. Many progressive ocean-front communities are cially damaging where homes and buildings have been beginning to understand that beaches come and go in built too close to the shoreline. In those areas where natural F. They learn to plan on these changes. the local economy depends upon tourists who come to Some enlightened towns forbid the building of homes enjoy the beach environment, beach erosion can be or any artificial structures along the shore, or even in devastating. the sand dunes behind the beach.

A. D. S B. E. C. F.

Prevailing Wi_,,v

Land .... ,.. .. .‘

Beach . ii .1 Jetties Groin

Breakwater Pier Ocean Figure C-Il. A breakwater built is to protect anchored boats fromthe full force of the wind and waves. Sand tends to accumulate behind a brealcwater, as it does along a pier. Piers give people access to deep water and places to boats. Groins moor are built to halt beach erosion, but they also can accelerate erosion on the downwindside. Jetties prevent harbor entrances from filling with sand, but, like groins, they also halt the I longshore of sand transport and often lead to serious erosion on the lee side. wri nr..vti.w Quc11UNSl Write one sentence to explain Your Directions: The diagram below showsthe area around a small village near the ocean. Some of the geographic answer for each question. features have been labeled. Use this diagram and your knowledge of oceanic and coastal processes to answer questIons 1—7.

1. The most likely direction of the prevailing wind at this location is from the (1) northeast (2) southeast (3) northwest (4) southwest 2. Which feature in the diagram is a result of coastal erosion? (1) the sandy beach (2) the sandy spit (3) the bluffs (4)the breakwater 3. If a long concrete and rock structure were built from the shore into deep water at the position marked X,what would be the most likely result? (1) The height of the wavesin the bay would increase. (2) Erosion of the rocky bluff would occur more rapidly. (3) The beach along the baywould become more narrow. (4)The sand spit would begin to wash away. 4. What is the most likelysource of the sand in the spit? (1)East Bluff (2)WestBluff (3)RockyPoint (4)the beach in the bay 5. This is a region in which the growing season is lim ited by cold winter weather. What location is most likely to have the earliest frosts of the autumn? (1) in the vil lage (2) along the bluffs (3) at the rocky point (4) near the breakwater 6. If a major earthquake were to occur across the ocean, buildings in which location would most likelybe damaged by a tsunami several hours later? (1) in the center of the village (2) on the sandy spit (3) near the East Bluff (4) near the breakwater 7. Which change would probably cause an increase in coastal erosion in this region? (1) increased wind speeds (2) increased precipitation (3) warmer tem peratures (4) higher atmospheric pressure

Village

Buildings

CultivatedFields

RockyPoint x Ocean 2.lv Patternsof depositionresultfroma lossof energywithinthetransportingsystem and are influencedby the size, shape, and density of the transportedparticles. Sedimentdepositsmaybesortedor unsorted. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1 & 2 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea2 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdeaI - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lv Particlesettlingratelaboratoryinvestigation 2.lv Referencetables,page6 2.lv Permeabilityratesortedvs.unsortedsediments

42 (74

Weatherin!, Erosion, and Deposition

Topic Infroduction

______the breakdownof a substanceeither by chemical orphysicalmeans

______the transport of sedimentawayfromtheir place of origin

______the settling, orlayingdown,of particles, sediments,orfragmentsthat have beeneroded

Z AIM: WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF PHYSICAL WEATHERING’

1) What are thetwo types of weathering?

2) Whatdowe callthetypeof weathering that changes the ph,ical form of a substancewithout clinging itschemicalcomposition?Itusually results is substancessimplybreakinginto smeller pieces.

3) What dowe callthetype of weathering that changes thecheznicaicomposition of a substanceso that it into substance? turns a new ______

Forms of Physical Weathering

1) frost action 2) plant action 3) abrasion 4) animal action

Aboveare listed thefour majoractions by which a substancecanbe physicallyweathered. Match these termswith the statementsthat follow

a resultof rootsof plantsexpandingandbreakingdownrocks

a resultof animalsburrowingor diggingthroughsoilexposingnewrocks

rocksandparticlesare carriedawayby wind, movingice, gravity, or water bumpandcollide into eachother the resultofwaterseepingintothecracksandporesofrocks;expandingas it freezes;breakingtherocksintosmallerpieces.*oc int,Ji,n2testhat experiencemanyseasonaltemperaturedl2nges example:potholes

5 Minerals Resistance to Physical Weathering 1)Whatissubstance’sresistance? (-p93 IC, J3

2) Whattypesof mineralshavea greaterresistance?

3) Belowarelistedfour commonrinneralsandtheirresistance. Fillinthe blnk eitherwiththe words“veryresistant”,“hard”,or“notresistant”.

Quartz bard Feldspar very resistant Mica soft Umestone veryresistant I

I. Wht ftc?or iffc? t pd d Name: Date: cry por oft trm? INTRObUCTION: Water is addedto rivers by run-off from heavyrainsandmeltingice andsnow.Water will alwaysflow downhill dueto the pullof gravity. The speedof water will changeasit flows. In this labyouwill discoverhowthe steepnessof the landwill affect the speedof the water andthe discharge of a stream.Dischargeis the amountof water that flows througha stream in time. Usinga streamgutter youwill calculatethe velocityof the stream. Youwill alsoneedto usethe chart onpage6 inyour ReferenceTables.

MATERIALS: StreamGutter, FaucetandHose,Stopwatch,Soil Samples

PROCEDURE: Part I 1. Placethe streamgutter at a 100angleandturn the water onslowly. 2. With a meter stick makea start andfinish linein the gutter. 3. .©© bON’T FORGE11!!!Timethe dropfrom the start to finish line. 4. With the streamflowing,adda dropof ink to the streamof water 5. Repeatsteps4 - 5 to get anaverage.Fill in the report sheet. 6. Repeatsteps 2 - 6 andincreasethe slopeof the streamgutter to 15°andagainto 20°.

&EEbREPORTSHEET Velocity= bischarge= Angle Time 1 Time 2 AveTime cm/ sec mi/sec Questions:

1. Whichstreamhadthe steepestslope?

2. Whichstreamangleflowedthe fastest?

3. Howwill the slopeof landaffect the speedof the river?

4. Graphthe relationshipof streamvelocityvsslope,below.

What type of relationship Stream is this? Velocity (sec/cm)

StreamSlope

5. What happensto streamdischargeasvelocity increases?

6. Explainhowthe spedof a river wouldchangewhenflowingfrom a mountainousregionto anoceari.©

7. Howdoesdischargeandvelocityaffect a streamsability to carry sediment? Part II Usearrowsto showthe watersdirection andvelocity. Labelmaximumvelocityandpointsof friction.

biagramI: TOP VIEW 4 LOOKIN6 DOWN 5tream Bank

Water birection

StreamBank

biagramII: SIbE VIEW 4 PROMEL TI-/ERSIDE Air Surface

Water birection

-- • • StreamBed

Questions: 1. Whereis streamvelocitygreatest? Useboth diagramsabove.

2. What force is it that sows the stream’svelocity? Wheredoesthis force affect the stream?

3. Whichof the followingstreambedswoUlddecreasea stream’s velocity,onewith a sandybottomor onewith bouldersonthe bottom. Whydid youchoosethis streambed? Part III ‘ Usethe chart belowandthe streamgutter to answerthe followingquestions Relationship of Transported Particle Size to Water Velocity*

100.0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 STREAMVELOCITY(cmlsec) Forthe questionsbelowusethe chart and“SpeedReportSheet1’ above© 1. What size particleswill the 100slopestreamcarry? (nameall of them)

2. What size particleswill the 15°slopestreamcarry? (nameall of them)

3. What size particleswill the 20°slopestreamcarry? (nameall of them)

4. As dischargeof the streamincreaseswhat MUSThappento velocity?

5. If the dischargeincreaseswhatwill happento the carryingpower?

6. Howwill a streammovea boulder,a cobbleor a pebble?Canit pick it up off the bottom?

7. What will happento the shapeof a rock that undergoesthis treatment? Name: epoSiiOF1 adStt[imgQ’,5 bate Introduction: Weatheringis the breakdownof materialsinto smallerparticlesanderosiontransports theseparticles,depositionis the processof layingdownparticlesina newplace.Streams, glaciersandwindall agentsof erosionparticipatein weathering,erosionanddeposition. Streamsare the primaryforce of erosionandtherefore doa lot of depositionof material. Althoughthere are factors that determinethe ‘way”thesematerialsare laiddown.Asa streamflows into a calm,bodyof water it’s carryingpoweris decreaseddueto a decreasein velocity. Particleswill settle to the bottomof the still waterat varyingrates, helpingyouto understandhowsedimentaryrocksare formed.

Vocabulary: Deposition:

VerticalSorting:

Colbids:

SuspendedParticles:

Settling Rate:

Steps To Success: PartI 1. Usingthe plasticcolumns(rememberPorosityandPermeability)fill the columnupto the line. 2. BESURETHECLAMPIS CLOSED!!© 3. Usingthe 3 sampleparticles(4, 7 and12mmBeads)determinethe Settling Rate. 4. Start with largestsizesediment,dropthe beadinandrecordthe time it takesto reachthe bottomlineof tape.Rememberthis is a Rate= bISTANCE Time 5. Constructa linegraphfor the data.

PARTI Questions: ParticleSize SettlingTime Settling RATE(cm/sec) 12 7 3 SizevsSettlingRate

1. Howdoessizeaffect the Settling Rateof particles?

2. If this relationshipexists whydon’thugecruiseshipssink?

PortII 1. Usingsimilarshapedandsamevolumeditems,determinethe affect densityhasonthe Settling Rateof particles. 2. Beginwith the highestdensityitemanddropthe sampleinto the column,recordingthe time it takesfor the particleto gofrom the top lineof tapeto the bottomtape. 3. Constructa BARGRAPHFORTHIS bATA. bensityof Substance Settling Rate Substance SettlingTime (g/cm3) (cm/sec) bensty vs0 SettlingRate 1 __

. Whataffect doesparticleswith the sameshapebut different densitieshaveonthe settling rate of particles?

PartIII Shapevs.SettlingRate 1. At the teachersdeskthere are 3 piecesof claywith EQUALvolumes. 2. Recordthe shapeof EachParticleanddeterminethe SettlingRatefor Each.

Shapeof Particle SettlingTime SettlingRate(cm/sec) Spherical Square Flat

1. Whichof the particle shapesreachedthe bottomat the quickestrate? Why? 2. Whichparticleswouldyouexpectto reachthe bottomof a still water lakewouldreachthe bottomfirst?

3. Whichwouldreochthe bottomlast?

PartIII 1. At the teachersdeskthere is a beakerof mixedsizedsediments. 2. Onthe diagramof the tubedrawwha youobservedinthe demonstrationandanswerthe questions.

1. What pattern did youseeinthe demonstration?

2. Whydid this pattern occur? 3. Whichrockfragmentwill remainsuspendedinthe waterfor the longestperiodof time? Pebbles,SandSilt or Cloy?

4. Howwill the followingsandgrainsizessettle to the bottomof a lake,Silt, Pebbles,Cobbles, Sand,Clay?Namethemfrom bottomto top.

CONCLUSION: Write a Summaryor Conclusionthat is CLEAR,CONCISEANb ACCURATE,to describewhat youlearnedinthis lab.

5.Thediagrambelowshowsthreebedsof sediment 1.In whichclimatedoes physicalweatheringbyfrost depositedat different timesinaquietbodyof water. actionmosteasilyoccur? (1) dry andhot (3) moistandhot andcold (2) dry (4) moistandcold BED3 2.In whichtypeof climatewouldthe rate of chemical weatheringbegreatest? (1) warmanddry (3) warmandmoist BED2 (2) coldanddry (4) coldandmoist

3.Whichmaterialcouldbestbecarriedinsolutionbya stream? BED1 (1) granite (3) gabbro (2) quartz (4) salt Thesedimentdepositedineachbedis best 4.Whichfactor hasthe mostinfluenceonthe describedas developmentof soil? (1) sortedmainlyaccordingto particlesize (1) climate (2) sortedmainlyaccordingto particleshape (2) longitude (3) a mixtureof sortedandunsortedparticles (3) amountof roundedsediment (4) showingnoevidenceof sorting (4) slopeof the landscape 6.In asoilsample,the particleshavethe sameshape but different Sizes.Whichgraphbestrepresents the relationshipbetweenparticlesizend settling timewhentheseparticlesaredepositedinaquiet bodyof water? (1) (3)

(2) (4)

PARTICLESIZE PARTICLESIZE

7.Whichcross-sectionaldiagrambestshowshowa mixtureof sedimentparticlesof equaldensitywould settle inastill lake? (1) TOP

(2)

(3) TOP

(4) TOP

BOTTOM

8.Whenparticlesof uniformshapeanddensityare droppedintoacalmlake,silt willsettle faster than (1) sand (3) cobbles (2) clay (4) pebbles TheErosiorfrbepositiorlSystem Name: bate:

INTRObUCTION Riversarethe mostimportanterosionagentsbecausethey affect sucha large area. Mostof the Earth’slandis affected at onetimeor anotherbyrunningwater;even desertsreceivewaterat onetime or another. Runningwatercanresult in manythings, suchasweatheringrock,transportingsediments,anddepositingsediments,andwewill investigateall of theseprocesses.

PROCEbURE 1. Setupthe streamtableandchangepositionasaccordingto eachpart. 2. Runthe watergentlyat first andchangethe flow accordingto direction. 3. Digram the streamspathinthe beforeid after box,labelthe pointsof erosionanddeposition 4. Answerthe questionsfor eachpart asyougoalong. 5. Havefun....© PartI: A. With two fingersmakea pathfor the streamdownthe centerof the stream table. B. Slowlystart the waterandobservethe changesinthe river. C. Labelall of the following:S Source,M Mouth,E Erosion,b beposition

Before After 1A.Whatare the 4 waysthat the streamcanmovethe sediments? a. b. C. d.

2A.bescribethe changesinthe river from start to finish..,whatshapeappearsat the mouthof the river?

Nowwediscussedwhathappened... 3A.Whatwasformedat the mouthof the river andwherewill this type of structore form?Wherecouldyoufind this structure today?(Think:Gulfof Mexico)

4A. bescribethe order that the sedimentfell out of the streamwhendeposition occurred?

5A.Whattype of sortingis this? Illustrate this pattern below.

SedimentSize: ______PartII: b. With two fingersmakea pathfor the streambydrawingan from the top centerto the waterbelow. E. Slowlystart the waterandobservethe changesinthe river. F. Labelall of the following:S Source,M: Mouth,E Erosion,b: beposition

Before After

lB. Whenwill this typeof river systemoccuronthe Surfaceof the Earth?

2B.Whena river flowsinthis pattern wherewill maximumvelocityoccur? Whatdoesthis meanfor erosion?

39. Whena river flowsinthis pattern wherewill minimumvelocityoccur? Whatdoesthis meanfor deposition?

49. Howwill the streammoveverybigparticleslikebouldersandcobbles? 58.Thediagramsbelowshowthe crosssectionof a meanderingstream. Usethe words belowto labelthe areasof the crosssection. a.deposition b.erosion c.maximumvelocity d. minimumvelocity

Stream

Finallythe end!!!After thesequestionsit’s all overfor streams...maybe? 1. What isthe primarydrivingforce of erosion?

2. Comparethe amountof Potentialenergy(storedenergy)at the sourceandmouthof the river? Whyarethey different?

3.Whenthe river is straight whereis the greatestwatervelocity?

4. Whenthe river curveswhichside(insideor outside)is streamvelocityhighest?

Usethe answersbelowto completethe question.(maybeusedmorethanonce)

1.Increases 2. becreases 3. Staysthe same

will Asvelocityincreasesthe streamload/carryingpower ______

As slopeof the streamincreasesstreamvelocitywill ______

Asslopeof the streamincreasesthe streamsdischargewill ______

In the springwhenthe snowsare meltingstreamdischargeis mostlikelyto ______Asa streamflowsthrougha curvethe velocityof the streamonthe INSIbE will

Asa streamflowsthrougha curvethe velocityof the streamonthe OUTSIbEwill 9. A streamisenteringthe calmwatersof a largelake.: 10.In the diagrambelow,the arrowshowsthe direction Whichdiagrambestillustratesthe pattern of of streamflow arounda bend. sedimentsbeingdepositedinthe lakefrom the streamflow? (1)

(2)

At whichpoint doesthe greatest streamerosion occur? (3) (1) A (3)C (2) B (4) 0

11.Themapbelowrepresentsa river asit entersa lake.

(4)

At whichlocationsis the amountof deposition greater than the amountof erosion? (1) A,CandE (3) Bb,andF (2) B,C,andF (4) A,b,andE

Page2 Baseyouranswersfor questions12 through15on Baseyouranswersfor questions16through17on the EarthSciencesQeferenceTab/es,the diagram the diagrambelow.ThediagramshowspointsA,B, belowandyourknowledgeof Earthscience.The andb ona meanderingstream. diagramrepresentsa laboratorystreamtable.

Waterfaucet

Woodblock

12.Whichparticlesoretransportedmosteasilybythe 16.Whichmaterialismostlikelyto betransportedin waterinthis stream? suspensionduringperiodsof sloweststreamvelocity? (1) clay (3) silt (1) gravel (3) silt (2) sand (4) pebbles (2) sand (4) clay

13.Whenstreamvolumeincreasesafter the faucetis 17.At whichpointisthe amountof depositionmorethan opened,streamvelocitywill the amountof erosion? (1) decrease (3) remainthe same (1) A (3)C (2) increase (2) 8 (4) b

14.Waterflowinginthe streamcanmovesediments alongthe streamchannelbecauseof anexchangeof energyfromthe (1) channelto the water (2) waterto thesediment (3) sedimentto the channel (4) channelto the sediment

15.Howdostreamstransportsediments? (1) insuspension,only (2) byrolling,only (3) insuspensionandbyrolling,only (4) insolution,insuspension,andbyrolling

Page3 and What toStreamErosion bepofio happens energy A from the sourceto mouth of a stream?

A youthful Stream... Is definedasa streamthat still down-cuts.

A maturestream... is definedasa streamthat is approachingbaselevel. bowncuttingstopsandthe streambeginsto MEANDER: lazyloopsbackandforth. Overtimethe valleywidensifs V-shape.

As streamflows the turn the will have a through ______occurring and______of the turn will have______occurring.

What is anOxbowlake? Whenthe lazyloopsof a meanderingriver connectthey form OxbowLakes.

5treamsare OLb... whenoxbowlakesare formedandthe entire areaof the streamis flattened dueto erosion.Thisflat featureis calleda FloodPlain. Name: StreamErosionandbeposition bate:

RunningWaterand Erosion Channelshapeandvelocity. Theposition of maximumvelocityin sectionvarieswith in the direction ningwater is the primary of erosion the Earth. Most a stream cross changes of strem agent on flow The of is water is found in streams rivers.There are a number of (see Figure 4.9). velocity a stream generallygre •unning or beneath the surface the of the actors that affect the movementof sedimentsin a stream. just near center channel, where t1e

Carrying power.The abilityof a stream to moveparticles of differ Arrowsindicate nt size is called carrying The greater a stream’s carrying power. thelocationof CrossSection power,the larger the particlesize it can carry.The carryingpowerof greatest i stream depends mainlyon the velocityof the stream. velocity A Stream velocity. The averagevelocity(speed) of a stream depends )fl streamdischargeand the gradient.Streamdischargeisthe volume )f water in the stream. Gradient is the steepnessof the slope down .vhichthe stream is flowing.There is a direct relationship between CD iischarge and/or gradient and the velocityof the stream. As either dischargeor gradient increases,the velocityof the stream increases. “0” indicateswhere tostreamflow) stream Atypicalstream mayvarygreatlyin slopebetweenitssource (head) velocityis and its mouth, where it empties into a lakeor the ocean.Therefore, greatest t flowat different speeds in different At times, the may places. near Figure 4-9. Variationsin streamvelocity.The sections mouth of a river where the slope is small, the velocity still be cross (right) may indicatethat,wherethecourseofastreamisstraight,velocityisgreat. great if the discharge is great. estin thecenter,justbelowthesurface.Wherethecourseiscurved, velocityis attheouterpartofthecurve. tream load. The load is the material a stream carries. The load greatest fa stream is carried in three major ways:(1) dissolvedparticles in islessfrictionwiththe banksof the riverand the atmosphere.Water olution,(2) finesediments of clay,silt and colloidsin suspension, nearthe outside of a curve hasgreater velocitythan water near the nd(3) larger sand and pebbles that are bounced,pushed,or rolled insideof the curve.Therefore, erosion takesplaceat the outsideof Jongthe streambed.The bouncingof materialalongthe streambed acurveand depositionon the inside. 5calledsaltatlon.

1. What isthe relationshipbetweenstreamvelocityandslope?

2. What is the streamload?Namethe 3 majorwaysa streamtransportssediment.

3. If erosionis the removalandtransportof a substancewhatisdeposition?

4. Describethe difference betweenthe insideturn of the streamandthe outside? lii Approximately70 percentof Earth’ssurfaceis coveredby a relativelythin layer of water,whichrespondsto thegravitationalattractionof the moonandthe Sunwitha dailycycleof highandlowtides. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea3 Standard6 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternofChange Keyldea5

Resource& LabActivities

- 1. Ii Examinationof Newsday’sTideschedules.

10 1.2f Earth’soceansformedas a resultof precipitationover millionsof years. The presenceof an earlyoceanis indicatedby sedimentaryrocksof marineorigin,dating backaboutfourbillionyears. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 - Models KeyIdea2 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3. - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 - Optimization KeyIdea6 Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1

I .2f— Referencetablespage9;GeologicHistoryof NewYorkState. -Referencetables page II; AverageChemicalCompositionof Earth’s Crust,Hydrosphere,andTroposphere.

16 2.2d Temperatureandprecipitationpatternsarealteredby: - naturaleventssuchasElNinoandvolcaniceruptions - humaninfluencesincludingdeforestation,urbanization,andtheproduction of greenhousegasessuchascarbondioxideandmethane. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1,3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard6 - Magnitude&Scale KeyIdea3 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5 - Optimization KeyIdea

Resource& LabActivities 2.2d LaserdiscEarthatmosphere• 2.2d ReviewingEarthScience,pages206-207,The OzoneHole:WhatMade It? 2.2d ReviewingEarthScience,pages216-217,Cana LittleChildHelpPredict theWeather? 2.2d ReviewingEarthScience,pages218-219,The GreenhouseEffect:Is It BlackandWhite?

47 2.2c A location’sclimateis influencedby latitude,proximityto largebodiesof water, oceancurrents,prevailingwinds,vegetativecover,elevation,andmountainranges. • StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1,3 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 • - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 - Optimization KeyIdea6.

Resource& LabActivities 1 2.2c Climatologylab. 2.2c Referencetables,page14

46 2.11 Seasonalchangescan be explainedusing conceptsof densityand heat energy. These changesincludethe shiftingof globaltemperaturezones,the shiftingof planetary wind and ocean current patterns. The occurrenceof monsoons,hurricanes,flooding, and severeweather.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1& 3 Standard2 - Information •KeyIdeas1,2,3 Standard6 - Models •KeyIdea2 - Patternsof Change Key Idea5 Standard7 - Strategies KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 2.Ii ConvectionLab. ConductionLab. Heatingand CoolingLab Absorptionand Radiationby Waterand Soil

ReferenceTable: page4, OceanCurrents page 14, Planetary winds and moisture belts in the • troposphere. 2.1i SevereWeatherCenterLab http://www2OlO.atm.uiuc.edul(Gh)/ciuides/mtr/hurr/home.rxml

29 Name: dJ4AOLO6Y TUB bate: SrUPYOF CLil4Ar6 Lab3- INTRObUCTION: Climateis the long-term affect of weather in anarea. The most influential part of weather is moisture andtemperature. So it makessensethat these two weather variablesalso are most important in determining climate. All areasof the Earth receive precipitation in some form andat sometime. All areasof the Earth also loosemoisture by evaporation. The climate of anarea is basedonthe amountof mosture gainedversusthe amountof water lost to evaporation. If a climate receivesmuchmorewater than it loosesit will be Humid. If anarea receives lesswater than it loosesthen it will be Arid or dry. If the moisture received and lost are closeto the sameamountthey will be semi-humidor semi-arid.

OBJECTIVE: In this lab youare goingto usethe Planetarywindpatterns andthe Oceaniccurrent patterns that are found today andapplythem to an imaginaryplanet. This planet resemblesthe Earth around350 millionyears ago.

VOCABULARY:10POINTS EACH Climate: Arid: Humid: Windward: Leeward:

STEPS TO SUCCESS:USEREFERENCETABLES Wind Patterns: (usereference tables as a guide) 1. Usingthe imaginaryEarth-Like Planetcompletethe followingtasks. 2. Lightly draw in 4 arrows of Globalwinddirections at the correct latitudes acrossthe planet. 3. Labelthe appropriate latitudes with High or Lowpressuredependingon windpatterns.

OceanCurrents: (usereference tables asa guide) 1. braw in warmoceancurrents in red andcoldoceancurrents in blue. 2. There shouldbe 2 major currents in the East and 2 major currents in the West.

SourceRegions: 1. Usingyour weather knowledgeandthe globalwindpatterns labelas manySourceRegionsfor Air massesasyou can.(Hint: 6 or 7 SourceRegionsis excellent) 2. Lightly draw a circle aroundthe area that a particular air masscomesfrom. G a ‘JL

po4rpro - l-..oS O

P 85 in. °F () Ep 65 in. 100 100 80 80 60 60 Q 40- 40 20 20 0 0 0 -20 -20 r -40 -40 J FMAM J J A SOND JFMAM J J ASOND 0 I, C) °F 1) OFQ P 181n. P 15in. . 16in. ; 100 Ep 100 Ep 25 in. ‘, I o 80 80 Cl) 60 60 / / ‘4 4 40 / —, / -‘ b 20 / 20 - 0 / t 0 -20 -20 -40 -40 JFMAM J ASOND JFMAM J I ASOND ClimateRatio: Eachdot onthe imaginaryplanet hasa numbernext to it resemblingthe ratio of water gainedto water lost. Climateratio is useful for determining the amountof useablewater in an area. ClimateRatio Precipitation Evaporation If anarea receivesmuchmorePrecipitation than it looses the result is a hgh ClimateRatioandvice-versa.

1.Calculatethe ClimateRatio for the 6 Climographsanddetermine if it is in the Southern or Northern Hemisphere. 2. Usethe temperature rangeandthe ClimateRatioto,determine which locationonthe imaginarycontinent fits it best. Placethe Climographnumbernext to the dot. (HINT: think about seasonaldifference in Northern andSouthern Hemispheres,then lookat monthof high and lowtemps on graph)

Climatologyof the Area: Usingthe ClimateRatio for each location,latitude andtemperature rangefor the six climographslabeledonthe imaginaryplanet determine the climate for eacharea of the continent. 1. Usethe chart belowto match climate type andcolor. 2. Onthe mapcolor the area of the continent affected by that climate. 3. Rememberthe affect mountainshave,leewardvs.windward,andoceancurrents, warm versuscold andpressure zoneshigh versuslow. (HINT: braw isolinesfor each climate ratio starting with 0.0 increasingin integers of .4)

Climate Ratio Climate Type Color

Lessthan 0.4 Arid Brown

0.4 - 0.8 Semiarid Orange 0.8 -1.2 Semihumid Yellow Greater than 1.2 Humid Green

1. What difference is there in the temperature rangefor a coastalareaanda continental area? 2. Howdoplanetarywindsaffect the climateinthe mid-latitudes(300 to 60°)?

3. Howdomountainsaffect the climateof anarea?Compareeachside...

4. Whataffect doeselevationhaveonclimate?

5. Whataffect doeslatitude haveonclimate?

6. What latitudedoesthe arid,desert regionsoccur?

7. Whydon1t they occuronthe equatorwhereit is usuallyhotter? (think windsandpressure)

8. Whatwouldhappento the climatesonEarth if the tilt were35° insteadof 23.5°?

9. Makea list of all the factors necessaryto predict the climateof anEarth-likeplanet? I’

MAPOFAN IMAGINARYCONTINENT

______aflo

5 WORLDCLIMATEMAP

a C,)z

zni (%) -<

(A)

C.’

C,’ 900 S World Climate Map Tropical Climates Dry Climates Polar Climates LI TropicalWet El Semiarid • Tundra LI TropicalWet and Dry Arid • IceCap Continental Climates Elevation Mild Climates High 0 Lii MarineWestCoast • Warm Summer El Highlands -u LI Mediterranean • Cool Summer 1 Uplands •1 (0) El Humid Subtropical • Subarctic TRANSPARENCY32

Climate Chapter16

WORLDCLIMATEMAP 1. What is the difference between weather and climate?

2. How does the temperature in tropical climates compare to the temperature in temperate climates?

3. Which continent has the largest area in square kilometers of desert climate?

4. Name two kinds of polar climates.

5. How do highland climates (liffer from adjacent climates?

6. Which continent(s) or regiun(s) has(havc) a climate suited to tropical rain forest vegetation which requires constant hut and wet CUn(litiu!15

7. Can a climate map he used to prethct wrathcr- Why or why not?

8. What factors shown on the map affect climate?

WorldwideClimateZones

Climate and weather are closely related terms that describe the conditions of the atmo sphere. They differ primarily in the length of time the atmospheric properties are observed. Weather represents the hour-to-hour and day-to-day conditions of the atmosphere for a particular location. Climate is the average of all the weather changes over an area for a period of many years. Since an area’s weather is composed of several elements, classifica tion of climates can become complex and involved. For the purpose of this activity, how ever, we will limit the classification of climates to the two weather elements, temperature and precipitation. The following table lists the three major climate zones on the earth and contains a short description of the climate. You will see that the boundaries of each climate are listed by isotherms. An isotherm is an imaginary line that connects areas with similar average low temperatures during their coldest month of the year. The 18°Cisotherm, for example, connects all locations that average no colder than 18°Cfor the coldest month of the year.

ClimateType Boundaries Comments

Tropical boundedonthe northand temperaturesareuniformly southbythe 18°Cisotherm warmduringthewholeyear andthereisnotruewinter season

Temperate boundedonthe poleward temperaturesarehigh sidebythe 10°Cisothermand duringthe summerandlow ontheeuatorward sideby duringthewinter tr* 18C isotherm

Polar boundedontheequatorward temperaturesarelowduring sidebythe 10°Cisotherm thewholeyearandthereis notruesummerseason, althoughsummersare warmerthanwinters.

Using information from the table, label the three major climate groups on the map on the next page. Hint: Find the 10°Cand 18°Cisotherms on the map before you begin.

a) -J

Longitude

1. Which climate type experiences no time during the year when the average monthly temperature is cooler than 18°C? 2. Which climate type experiences at least one month during the year when the average monthly temperature is warmer than 10°C but never experiences a month with an

average temperature above 18°C? 3. Which climate type experiences no time during the year when the average monthly

temperature is higher than 10°C? ______4. The major worldwide climate types are classified according to which atmospheric property?

5. In which major worldwide climate area do you live? ______

ClimateRatios

In this activity, you will use climate ratios to classify climates into four types: arid, semiarid, subhumid, and humid. A climate ratio can be determined by using the following formula:

Climate Ratio =

P = precipitation (in mm) or the amount of moisture available for evapotranspiration. Evapotranspiration is the combined process of evaporation and plant transpiration. E = potential evapotranspiration (in mm) or the amount of moisture needed for evapo transpiration. This value increases as temperature and plant life increase. The table below shows how climate ratios can be used to determine climate type.

Climate Climate PIER Type P/En Type Lessthan0.4 Arid 0.8—1.2 Subhumid 0.4—0.8 Semiarid Greaterthan 1.2 Humid

In the following examples, you can see how climate ratios are calculated and then used to determine climate type. Example 1: Phoenix, AZ Example 2: New Orleans, LA P=191 E=1157 P=1543 E= 1118 PIE,= 191/1157=0.17 P/Es= 1543/1118= 1.4 Climate type: Arid Climate type: Humid The diagram below represents an imaginary continent. The letters on the map represent cities on the continent. IMAGINARYCONTINENTOF MOLEN

P = 840 •D— E = 783

P = 238 •B — ___ E= 1020 P = 1676 Ep 1214

P = 113 P = 271 .C— — •E— — E= 955 E = 598

Climate ratio ______Climate type 2. CityB

Climate ratio ______Climate type 3.CityC

Climate ratio ______Climate type 4. CityD

Climate ratio ______Climate type 5. CityE

Climate ratio ______Climate type

Determine the type of climate that other locations would be described as having if they possessed the following climate ratios:

Location Climate Ratio Climate type

6. W 0.64 ______

7. X 1.43 ______

8. Y 0.08 ______

9. Z 1.16 ______

-I w.,t W,nd D$ft I -I - AIlIhJItl —

HRW material convrrhred unde’ notice anpeanneearlier in this work. Name C’ass Date MODERN EARTH SCIENCE

TransparencyWorksheet 34 SurfaceCurrentsoftheOceans

1. Do surface currents curve, or do they travel mostly in straight lines? Why’?

2. Do surface currents in the Southern Hemisphere flow clockwise or counterclockwise?

3. In which regions do the westerlies affect surface currents, and in which regions do the trade winds affect surface currents?

4. Explain the relationship between the North Equatorial Current and the Gulf Stream.

5. Why do you think the climate of western Europe is similar to that of the northeastern United States, even though much of Europe lies at higher latitudes?

HRW material copyrighted under notice appearing earlier inthiswork. OCE(fJ Uk.it\JT -W

1.The mapbelowshowsthe generalwindpcrt-tern 4. Most of the Earth’s surface oceancurrents ore created by a largehigh-pressurecenter overthe causedby Atlantic Oceanin July. (1) streamflow from continents (2) differences in oceanwater density (3) the revolutionof the Earth (4) the prevailingwinds N 5. What is the nameof the warmoceancurrent that flows alongthe eastcoastof the UnitedStates? (1) CaliforniaCurrent (3) LabradorCurrent (2) FloridaCurrent (4) North PacificCurrent

6. Thedirection of surface oceancurrents is influenced mostby (1) variationsin densityof the water (2) variationsin salinityof Thewater (3) planetarywinds (4) landbreezesandseabreezes WhichSurface oceancurrent pattern is most probable in this sameareaduringJuly? (1) (3)

(2) (4)

2. What is the mostdirect causeof major surface oceancurrents? (1) wind (3) tides (2) gravity (4) pollution

3. The Floridaand&ulf Streamoceancurrents along the east coastof North Americaare both (1) warmcurrents that flow northeastward (2) warmcurrents that flow southwestward (3) coolcurrents that flow northeastward (4) coolcurrents that flow southwestward

Page1 Name______Class______Date ______Chapter 11 Using Science Skills: Identifyingpatterns

TemperatureEffectsandSurfaceWaves

Surface waters of the earth’s oceans are forced to move, primarily by winds. Where winds blow in the same direction for a long period of time, currents will develop that transport large masses of water over considerable distances across ocean surfaces. In this activity you will identify some surface currents and determine their effect on the temperatures of the continents they border. All you will need for this activity is a pencil or pen and colored pencils or crayons. The following chart lists some surface currents in the ocean. Each current is identified with a number and classified as a cold or warm current. These same currents are repre sented by arrows and identified by numbers on the map on the next page.

Number Nameof SurfaceCurrent CharacteristicTemperature of WaterTransportedbyCurrent 1 CaliforniaCurrent cold 2 CanaryCurrent cold 3 GulfStream warm 4 KuroshioCurrent warm 5 EastAustralianCurrent warm 6 BenguelaCurrent cold 7 BrazilCurrent . warm 8 PeruCurrent cold 9 AntarcticCircumpolarCurrent cold

1. Correctly identify each of the currents on the map by labeling them in the spaces provided within the arrows. 2. Using two different colors, color the arrows that represent the cold-water currents in one color and the warm-water currents in another color. Include a key to identify which colors represent the warm- and cold-water currents.

After identifying and coloring the currents on the map, answer the following questions. 1. Ocean currents generally travel in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction. Look at the map and compare the general direction followed by currents in the Northern Hemisphere with the direction of those in the Southern Hemisphere.

502 EarthScience © 1988Prentice-Hati,Inc. 2. Cold-water currents tend to have a cooling effect on the continental coastlines that they border, while warm-water currents tend to have a warming effect. a. Look at the pattern of currents in the Northern Hemisphere and describe the effect

the currents have on the temperature of the coastal areas they border. ______

b. Look at.the patterns of currents in the Southern Hemisphere and describe the effect

the currents have on the temperature of the coastal areas they border. ______

3. Look at the patterns of cold- and warm-water currents. What seems to determine whether a current carries warm or cold water?

Matteris made up of particleswhosepropertiesdeterminethe observablecharacteristicsof matterand its reactivity.

Observationand classificationhavehelpedus understandthe greatvarietyand complexityof Earthmaterials. Mineralsare the naturallyoccurringinorganicsolidelements,composed,and mixturesfrom which rocksare made. We classifymineralson the basisof their chemical compositionand observableproperties. Rocksare generallyclassifiedby their origin (igneous, metamorphic,and sedimentary),texture,and mineralcontent.

Rocksand mineralshelp us understandEarth’shistoricaldevelopmentand its dynamics. They are importantto us becauseof their availabilityand properties. The use and distributionof mineralresourcesand fossilfuels hae importanteconomicand environmentalimpacts. As limitedresources,they mustbe usedwisely.

PERFORMANCEINDICATOR3.1 Explainthe propertiesof materialsin terms of the arrangementand propertiesof the atomsthat composethem.

MajorUnderstandings: 3.la Mineralshavephysicalpropertiesdeterminedby their chemicalcompositionand crystalstructure. - Mineralscan be identifiedby well-definedphysicaland chemica!properties,suchas cleavage,fracture,color,density,hardness,streak,luster,crystalshape,and reactionwith acid. - Chemicalcompositionand physicalpropertiesdeterminehow mineralsare usedby humans.

Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis Key Idea 1 Standard6

• - Models Key Idea2 Standard7 - Connections Key Idea 1 Resource& LabActivities 3.la Cleavageor fractureinvestigation 3.la Determiningmineralhardnesson Mohs’scale 3.la Lusteridentification 3.la Mineralidentificationlaboratoryexperiments 3.la Growingmineralcrystalsexperiments 3.la Referencetables,pages6, 7, 16 3.la Laserdisk geology

48 3.1b Mineralsareformedinorganicallybytheprocessofcrystalizationasa resultof specific environmentalconditions.Theseinclude: - coolingandsolidificationof magma - precipitationfromwatercausedbysuchprocessesasevaporation,chemical reactions,andtemperaturechanges - rearrangementof atomsinexistingmineralssubjectedto conditionsof high temperatureandpressure. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1,2 Standard6 - Models KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 3.1b Growingmineralcrystalsexperiment 3.1b IgneousrockIdentification 3.1b Metamorphicrockidentificationlab. 3.1b Laserdiskgeology 3.1b Referencetables,pages6, 7, 16 3.1b SedimentaryrockIdentificationlab.

49 3.lc Rocksareusuallycomposedofoneor moreminerals. - Rocksareclassifiedbytheirorigin,mineralcontent,andtexture. - Conditionsthatexistedwhena rockformedcanbeinferredfromtherock’smineral contentandtexture. - Thepropertiesof rocksdeterminehowtheyareusedandalsoinfluencelnd usage byhumans. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea1 Standard6 - Models KeyIdea2 Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1

Resource& LabActivities 3.lc Rockclassificationlab. 3.lc Rockandwhyinvestigation 3.lc Makinga sedimentaryrocklaboratoryexperiment 3.lc Referencetables,pages2, 3,6, 7, 10,16

Pleasenote;KeyIdea3, PerformanceIndicators3.2- 3.4,arenotincludedbecausetheywillbe addressedinthe ChemistiyCoreCurriculum.

50 2.1w Sedimentsof inorganicand organicorigin often accumulatein depositional environments. Sedimentaryrocks form when sedimentsare compactedand/or cementedafterburialorastheresultofchemicalprecipitationfromseawater. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdeaI

Resource& LabActivities 2.1w Makea sedimentaryrocklaboratoryactivity 2.1w Referencetables,page7

43 Name: bate: ‘ HardnessScaleand s St eQ ofamineral. INTRObUCTION: Thelast two physicalpropertiesof mineralsthat weneedto talk aboutare hardnessand colorof the mineralstreak. Theability to resist beingscratchedis a mineral’shardnessandis rated ona scaleof 1to 10. Moh’sHardnessScalestarts with I beingthe softest and10being the hardest.

Whatarethe namesfor eachmineralbetween1andten in Moh’sScale?

1. 4. 7.

2. 5. 8.

3. 6. 9.

10.

Howto test for hardness:

Step 14

Step 2 4

Step 3 4

Step44

Step54

Streak is the true colorof a mineralthat it makeswhenscratchedona porcelainplate. Youwill besurprisedto lookat the colorof a mineralandseeits streakto beverydifferent. Like hematitecanbegray,green,or blackbut alwayshasa reddish-brownstreak.A Streak Plate’s hardnessis slightly lessthansevenonMoh’sScale.

Explainwhya streak test cannotbedoneona mineralwhosehardnessis greater thanseven?

What is the difference betweenthe colorof the mineralandthe streak? ‘c.dentifyIfl9 Minerals

Mineral Mineral Luster Fractureand/or Streak Hardness MineralName lb Color Metallic Non-metallic(Type?) CleavagePlanes Color 1-10

QUESTIONS: 1.Onceyoudeterminecalcitetry the definitive test of placingdropof HCIonit. What didyou find?

2. What mineralranksnumber10onMoh’sHardnessScale?

3. What physicalpropertyor propertiesare necessaryfor absolutelyidentifyinga mineral?

4. Mineralsare formedby the solidificationof magma,lookingat the Rock-Cyclediagraminyour referencetables,(page6) whattype of rockwill thesecooledmineralsform? OF FIp

Slow Cooling Fast Cooling VERY FAST COOLING

Scheme for Igneous Rock Identification GRAIN TEXTURE SIZE w C Non z (usuallyappearsDiack) i vesicular Ow g Glassy < U) Pumice VesicularBasalticGlass u Vesicular U) — (gas ° Vesicular Vesicular Scoria / Vesicular 0 0 .. Rhyolite Andesite 7 Basalt pockets) 0 U- >< m U_ W Fine U) 0 . — 2 0 z w w — I z I 0 Z Ui Dionte Pen-I E Coarse Non 0 .! dotite o vesicular U) — E Very w E Coarse

U) 0 U) w I 0

I 0

z 0

02 0. ow —i? QUESTIONS 1. An igneous rock which has crystallized deep below the Earth’s surface has the following approximate composition: 70% 9. According to the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,which pyroxene, 15% plagioclase, and 15% olivine. According to would be most useful for identifying igneous rocks? the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,what is the name of this property kind of mineral number igneous rock? (1) granite (2) rhyolite (3) gabbro (1) cement (2) composition (3) (4) basalt of minerals present (4) types of fossils present 2. According to the Earl/i ScienceReferenceTables,which miner 10. According to the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,as the per als could be both contained in the rocks gabbro and granite? centage of mafic minerals in an igneous rock increases, the (I) quartz and pyroxene (2) mica and hornblende (3) ortho rock’s color becomes (1) lighter and its grain size decreases clase and olivine (4) plagioctase and olivine (2) lighter and its grain size increases (3) darker and its 3. According to the “Scheme for 1gnous Rock Identification” density decreases (4) darker and its density increases in the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,which statement best 11. According to the Scheme for Igneous Rock Identification, describes the percentage of plagioclase feldspars in a sample compared to basalt, granite is (1) lighter in color of gabbro? (1) The percentage of plagioclase feldspars in (2) greater in density (3) more mafic in composition gabbro can vary. (2) Gahbro always contains less plagioclase (4) more fine grained in texture than pyroxene. (3) Plagioclase felcispars always make up 12. Which relative concentrations of elements are found in of 25% a gabbro sample. (4) Gabbro contains no plagioclase a felsic rock? (1) a high concentration of aluminum and feldspars. a low concentration of iron (2) a high concentration of iron and a low concentration of aluminum (3) a high concentra 6. Sand collected at a beach contains a mixture of pyroxene, tion of magnesium and a low concentration of iron (4) a olivine, amphibole, and plagioclase feldspar. According to high concentration of magnesium and a low concentration the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,the rock from which this of aluminum mixture of sand came is best described as (1) dark-colored 13. Which is usually a characteristic of igneous rocks with a with a maflc composition (2) dark-colored with a felsic high density? (1) They are light in color. (2) They are composition (3) light-colored with a matlc composition felsic. (3) They have a high aluminum content (4) They (4) light-colored with a felsic composition contain iron. 7. The diagram below represents the percentage by volume of 14. A mafic igneous rock is most likely to be relatively (1) high each mineral found in a sample of basalt. Which mineral is in density and dark in color (2) high in density and light in represented by the letter in the diagram? color (3) low in density and dark in color (4) low in density and light in color 15. Which igneous rock crystallized quickly near the surface of the Earth, is light in color, and contains quartz and plagioclase feldspars? (I) granite (2) basalt (3) gabbro (4) rhyolite 16. Olivine and pyroxene are commonly found in igneous rocks that are (I) felsic, with low density (2) felsic, with high density (3) maflc, with low density (4) mafic, with high Amphibole density livine 17. The solidification of a coarse-grained igneous rock usually occurs (1) rapidly at great depth (2) rapidly at the Earth’s surface (3) slowly at great depth (4) slowly at the Earth’s (I) orthoclase feldspar (2) plagioclase feldspar (3) quartz surface (4) mica Date: Name:• IGNEOUSRot’ Introduction: Igneousrocksare formeddirectly from magma.Dependingonthe lengthof time the magmatakesto cooldeterminesthe sizeof the crystal grainsin the rock. bifferent mineral ratios determinethe kindof igneousrockthat forms. Therearethree waysto compareigneous rocktypes,color,densityandcrystal size. 1.Coloris knownis Felsicor light in colorandMafic or dark in color. 2. bensityis determinedby comparingAl or aluminumbasedrocksto Feor Iron basedrocks. 3. Crystalsizedependsonwherethe rockformed.Extrusiverockscoolabovegroundandcoolin a shorter time thanIntrusive rocksbelowground.Therefore,Extrusiverockshave smallercrystal sizesor grainsizesthanIntrusively formedrocks.

Vocabulary:

Felsic:

MafIc:

Extrusive:

Intrusive:

Stepsto identifyingIgneousrocks:Thehardestpart is usingthe referencetables.

* Pegmaticigneousrocksare igneousrockswith VERYlargecrystalgrains. * Porforitic igneousrocksare formedwhensolidchunksof rockfall into magmaandbecome part of a newrock.

IbENTIFYING IGNEOUS ROCKS

Usingthe labstationsaroundthe roomidentify someof the characteristics for eachof the igneousrocksondisplay. Station A Formation Texture Color Minerals Igneous Intrusive/Extrusive Coarse/Fine/GlassybarklLiqht 1ock Type

. S

Station B Formation Texture Color Minerals Igneous Intrusive/Extrusive Coarse/Fine/Glassy bark/Light lock Type

StationC Formation Texture Color Minerals Igneous Intrusive/Extrusive Coarse/Fine/Glassy bark/Li9ht lock Type Questions:

1. Hi mynameis...mynameis...mynameis...MAGMA!A longtimeagoI wasthrownout of the groundandhada lot of Quartz andPlagioclaseFeldsparin me. I solidifiedREALLYREALLY fast. What type of igneousrockamI probablygoingto be?Explain...

2. Hi mynameis lavaandI amjust sitting onthe groundcoolingat a mediumrate. My crystals are around.5mmwideandI havea lot plagioclasefeldspar,somebiotite andhornblende. WhoamI?

3. Hi I havea lot of iron(Fe)in me,soI amverydense.Olivineis mymajormineralbut I have a little bit of pyroxenein me. It took forever for meto coolof seeingthat I amstuckunder ground.WhoamI??

4. All myfriends makefun of mebecauseI looklikeI haveair holesin me. Whenwegofor a swimI floUt andeveryoneelsesinks!!What’sa reallylowdensityrockto do?y the wayi cooledoff soofast that I trappedthe air bubblesinsideme...gofigure © WhoamI?

5. I comein all colorsshapesandsizessomepeoplelikemefor mypinkcolorsomelikemewhen I looklikesalt-n-pepper.WhicheveryoulikeI amthe mostabundantrock inthe Earth’s crust,I canbefoundinall continentalcrust. WhoamI?

6. Mostof the oceaniccrust is madefrom me. I usuallyaddsalt andcalciumandmagnesiumto the waterabove.I havea highdensity,myfriends callmemafic,myfamilythinksI amfine grained.WhoamI andWhereamI beingmadeat this verymoment?

7. Whatare the possiblechangesthat canhappento an.igneousrock? Seethe rockcyclefor help...Page6 © Which two result in the 8 processes formation of The diagram at rocks? igneous the right solidification and repre 1 evaporation sents the 2 and solidification per melting centage by vol 3 and cementation crystallization ume of each 4 compression and precipitation mineral found in a sample of AmpPubole q According to the Reference Tables, which property basalt. would be most useful for identifying igneous ‘vine rocks? 1 kind of cement ILi Which mineral is represented by the letter X in 2 mineral composition the diagram? 3 number of mineral present 1 orthoclase feldspar 4 types of fossils present 2 plagioclase feldspar 3 quartz 4 mica 10 While a geology student was walking along sever al she found outcrops, a rock specimen that According to the Reference Tables, rhyolite and showed the 5 following characteristics: granite are alike in that they both are 1 fine-grained 3 mafic Grain — Size Coarse 2 dark-colored 4 felsic Texture — Foliated Composition — Quartz, feldspar, amphibole, According to the Reference Tables, which graph and garnet, pyroxene best represents the comparison of the average grain sizes in basalt, granite, and rhyolite? This specimen should be identified as 1 hornfels 3 gneiss LARGE LARGE 2 slate 4 anthracite EJJ SMALLflHR ____ Which is the best description of the properties of (1) BGR (3) BGR basalt? 1 fine-grained and mafic LARGE LARGE 2 fine-grained and felsic 3 coarse-grained and mafic 4 coarse-grained and félsic >:

crystal in rock indicate : Large grains an igneous S ______SMALL that the rock was formed (2) BGR (4) BGR 1 near the surface 2 under low pressure j7 Which characteristic of an igneous rock would pro 3 at a low temperature vide the most information about the environment 4 over a long period of time in which the rock solidified? 1 color IS Which rock has cooled most rapidly from a molten 2 texture state? 3 hardness 1 gabbro 3 quartzite 4 streak 2 granite 4 obsidian 18Which property is common to most dark-colored igneous rocks? 1 high density 2 intrusive formation 3 abundant felsic minerals 4 coarse-grained texture entary Roc. and

Wheredosedimentaryrockscomefrom?

* 5edimentaryrocksare rocksthat form from the accumulationof sediments.

Howdoesthis happen?

ClastiCs: Sedimentsare compactedandcementedtogether. Compoction4 Cemented4

Chemical!Evaporites: .3

Organic:remainsare burnedandincorporatedinto a rock.

Plants4 Shells4 5i LJ II. )ne QUESTIONS similarity htwee a sand pile and sandstone is that (I) Contain they Which is common to both sedimentary rocks and a cementing agent (2) always contain fossils 1. property (3) have crystalline sediments? (I) fragmental particles (2) distortion of struc structure (4) are composed of sediments 12. According In (he ture (3) crystalalignment (4) crystalline structure Earl/i .c(jente Refrre,,(e Tah/, which sedi mentary rock is 2. Which is mostlikely a nonsedImentaryrock? (1) a rock composedut fragnienled skcletonsand shells of sea containing fossil shells (2) a rock showingripple marks and organismsCompacted and ccnieiiled togcther? I) shale mud cracks (3) a rock of of gravel cemented (2) limestone• (3) sandstone (4) composed layers 13. The gypsum (4) a rock consistingof intergrown crystals diagram below representsa conglomeraterock. Some together large of the rock particles ale labeled. 3. Which characteristicswould give the bestevidenceabout the conditions under which a rock wasformed? (1) the rock’s BASAL densityand size (2) the rock’s structure and texture (3) the rock’s mineralsand color (4) the rock’s shapeand phase QUARTZ SAND GRAINS 4. A massivesedimentaryrock layer composedof uniformly small particlesprobably formed from the (I) precipitation of material from seawater (2) cooling of a lava flow (3) cooling of magma (4) cementation of glacial material 5. Rock layersshowingripple marks,cross-bedding,and fossil shellsindicate that theselayerswere formed (1) from solidification of molten material (2) from depositsleft by GRANITE a continental ice sheet (3) by high temperature and pressure (4) by depositionof sedimentsin a shallow sea 6. Which characteristicof a material world would be most useful QUARTZ in classifyingit aseither rock or sediment? (1) the presence of layering (2) a rangeof particle sizes (3) the presenceof intergrown crystals (4) a composition of different minerals Which conclusion is best made about the rock particles? 7. According to the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,which charac (I ) They are the sameage. (2) They originated from a larger teristic determineswhether a rock is classifiedasa shale,a massof igneousrock. (3) ihey all contain the sameminerals. siltstone,a sandstone,or a conglomerate? (I) the absolute (4) They havedifferent origins. 14. Which is ageof the sedimentswithin the rock (2) the mineral compo property usedto classifythe land-derivedsedimen rocks sition of the sedimentswithin the rock (3) the particle size tary listed in the Earth Science Refrrence Tables! (I) of the sedimentswithin the rock (4) the density of the sedi particle size (2) mineral Conlpositiui (3) lossil (4)color content mentswithin the rock 15. 8. According to the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,which of Which properties of a rock provide the type most information sedimentaryrock contains the of particle sizes? about the environment in which the rock greatestrange formed? (I) texture, (1) conglomerate (2) sandstone shale siltstone composition, and structure (2) (3) (4) mass,composition and color 9. Which sedimentaryrocks are formed by chemical precipita (3) density, volume, and mass (4) color, texture, and volume (ion from seawater? (1) and limestone (2) fossil 16. According to the Earth ScienceReJL’reflce gypsum Tables,dolostoneis limestoneand shale (3) sandstoneand siltstone (4) con formed by the (1) local metamorphismof marble (2) biological glomerateand dolostone deposition of skeletons and shells (3) chemical precipitation 10. According to the Earth ScienceReferenceTables,which sedi (4) mechanicaldeposition of silts 17. Which mentary rock would he formed by compaction and cenienta property bestdescribesa rock shich hasformed from sediments? tion of particles 1.5centimeters in diameter? (I) shale (I) crystalline structure (2) distorted structure (3) banding (2) sandstone (3) conglomerate (4) siltstone or zoning of minerals (4) fragmentedparticles arranged in layers 6pAGI’JTAIZY RX A9 Lab4 Name: bate:

Introduction: Sedimentaryrocksfall into 3 majorcategories. Clastic fragmentsstucktogether to makerock Non-Clastic Chemical formedfrom the evaporationof waterandsinkingof materialsin water. Organic Fossilshavebeencompactedinto a solidsedimentaryrock. Shellsandfragmentsmadeof calciteform FossilLimestone. Plantsandvegetationunder pressurebecomeBituminousCool.

Wheredomostsedimentaryrocksform?

Howdosedimentaryrocksform onland?

Vocabulary: SedimentaryRx:

Veneer:

CementationCompaction:

Organic:

Fossiliferous:

StepsTo Success:

14 Is it clastic(madefrom pieces?)Yesgoto 2... Nogoto 3...

2 4 What sizeare the particles?...Usereferencetables.

3 4 Is it Organicor Chemical?

Organic: Blackis BituminousCoal.shellsandshellfragmentsare FossilizedLimestone

Chemical:Grainsizeis reallytoo smallto see,doesit fizz? Is it cubic?Is it ReallySoft? Clasti c Compacted/Cemented Ciastic Composition Name Symbol Non-Clastic Chemical/Organic Size I

3 ‘1

5 . 6 7 a ‘t 16

. ii .

1.Which#‘s are chemical evaporites?

2. Which#4s are clastic?

3. What are most of the clastic sediementary rocks made of?

4. Explainwhywe callthe chemical sediemntary rocks evaporites? d,i?er t?v3ciçs

SKILLASSESSMENTS Base your answers to questions 5 and 6 on the six •illustrations below which represent six different Base your answers to questions 1-4on your knowl rock types. edge of Earth science, the Reference Tables and the data below for five different rock Top1.. .-. samples. • : ,•• .e.•e .

DataTable • •S •qC ROCK ORICIN CRYSTALSIZE OTHER : SAMPLE OR CHAPCTEPJSflC eatbmk :.. :.. GRAiN SIZE ROCKk cemented ROCKB:unifomi 1 igneous no crystals glassy sandandrounded smoothsandgrains 2 Igneous coarse lightcolor pebbles firmlycemented 3 igneous fine dark color together 4 sedimentary 0.0003cm containsdinosaur •_.-- • in diameter footprints Top S metamorphic coarse showsbanding BoUomi 1 What sedimentary rock is represented by sample what it have 4? During geologic era was likely to ROCKC: amatflx ROCK0: large been formed? offinecofloldal-slzed Intergrown particleswithshefl mineralcrystals lossfls

Top

2 In a sentence, explain why rock sample one (1) has a glassy texture. Boeom ROCKE:crumpled, ROCKF:cemented distortedbandsof sandandangular differentminerals rockfragments

3 In a short paragraph, explain the probablecause of 5 Classifyeach rock sample as igneous, sedimentary the banding characteristic seen in rocksample five •or metamorphic. (5). Rock A, Rock B, Rock C RockD RochE Rack F.

4 Which rock sample is granite? Explain how you 6 In one or two sentences,explainwhat characteris know. tic(s) of the rock led to your classification. 7 Where arethe Earth’s sedimentary rocks general ly found? 1 in regions of recent volcanic activity 2 deep within the Earth’s crust Refer to the Rock Cycle diagram below. Q 3 along the mid-ocean ridges Rock Cycle in Earth’sCrust 4 as -athin layer covering much of the continents

8 Limestone can form as a result of 1 cooling of molten rock under the oceans 2 metamorphosis of conglomerate rock 3 precipitation from evaporating water 4 radioactive decay of dolostône

9 A chemically formed sedimentary rock composed of halite should be identified as 1 gypsum rock 3 limestone 2 rocksalt 4 coal

1.oThe diagram below represents a conglomerate rock. Some of the rock fragments are labeled.

OUARTZSAND GRAINS f Which type(s) of rock can be the source of deposit ed sediments? CEMENTING UMESTONE...... - 1 igneous and metamorphic rocks, ( MATERIAL only 2 metamorphic and sedimentary rocks, only 3 sedimentary rocks, only 4 igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks V LIMESTONE A sample of conglomerate consists mostly of frag OUARTZ ments of gra.nite and sandstone. The best infer Which conclusion is best made about the rock par ence that can be made from the sample is that ticles? this conglomerate 1 They are the same age. 1 contains fossils 2 They originated from a larger mass of igneous 2 formed from other rocks rock. 3 resulted from solidification 3 They all contain the same minerals. 4 formed during the Cambrian Period 4 They have different origins.

! According to the Reference Tables, which charac teristic determines whether a rock is classified as a shale, a siltstone, a sandstone, or a conglomer ate? 1 the absolute age of the sediments within the rock 2 the mineral composition of the sediments within the rock 3 the particle size of the sediments within the rock 4 the density of the sediments within the rock iErAHO2PUSH •. Name: bate: Intro: MetamorphicRocksare rocksthat havebeenchangedbyheatand/orpressureof crust movementor igneousintrusiOns.Metamorphicrockscomefromalltypesof rock,igneous, sedimentaryandmetamorphicrocks. Metamorphicrockstendto havehigherdensitythantheoriginalrockdueto pressureandheat. If the heatbecomestoo great andthe rock becomesmoltenit is nowreturnedto magmaand mustre-enter the rock-cycle. Some‘words to know on your reference tables:

Foliated: Non-Foliated:

Texture/Grain Size: Composition:

Scheme for Metamorphic Rock Identification

TEXTURE JN COMPOSITION METAMORPHISM COMMENTS ROCKNAME MAPSYMBOl.

Slaty Fine Low-grade Slat. o . metamorphismofshale - 0 Regional Medium Medium-grademetamorphism: ScIustose z / meiat1phisrnofi:ldspars and

—

Gneissic Coarse . Hi9h-gad:rnetarnorPhisrn; Gneiss increase — — withdepth, and folding, Metamorphismofplant Anthracite Fine Carbonaceous faulting) remainsandbituminouscoal Coal

Pebbles bedistorted Dependson may M - Coarse conglomerate orstretched;Oftenbreaks colomeraie composition throughpebbles

- Metamorphismof Ouartz Oua,tzite Fine to — contact) — z coarse Calcite. R nal Metamorphismof Dolomite eg hm.stoneordolosione Marble

Metamorphismofvarious 1, Fine Pta lass Contact rocksbycontactwithmagma Hornfels .‘ is 9iOC orlava “

How can you tell the difference between:

5edimentary

Igneous

Metamorphic OriginalRock Foliatedor Non- Texture/Grain Metamorphic MapSymbol TypeandName Foliated Size Name

QUESTIONS 4. Which rockswould most likelybe separated by a transitio 1. The recrystallizationof unmelted zone of altered rock (metamorphic rock)? (1) sandstone material under high temper and limestone and limestone shale and ature and pressure results in (1) (2) granite (3) metamorphic rock sandstone (4) conglomerate and siltstone (2) sedimentary rock (3) igneous rock (4) volcanic rock Base answer to question 5 on the diagram below which that has your 2. Which characteristic would indicate a rock under a cross-sectional viewof a portion of the Earth’s crust The of represents gone metamorphic change? (I) rock showssigns wih specificpoints A, B, C, and D within the cross section. being heavilyweathered and forms the floor of a large valley. (2) The rock is composed of intergrown mineral crystals and showssignsof deformed fossilsand structure. (3) The rock when at the surface and is I becomes less porous exposed finely -I i n—I i i - i -r III! layered. (4) The rock contains a mixture of different-sized, ILIiI Shill rounded grains of both felsic and maficsilicate minerals. ___ 3. The diagram below showsan igneous rock intrusion in IT :i sedimentary rock layers. ___ ‘ Li :.;: : 1 C.øl.cI IONEC5 INTUSIOW I—_____ I itsinorphIsm In S. which region would rock be found which showsa gradual transition from sedimentary to metamorphic rock? (I) A (2)B (3)C (4)D

SCMENTARY LAYERS

1. First I was sandstone and then I was heated by coming in contact with an Igneous intrusion. In a few days I recrystallized. What type of rock did I become?

2. 1started out as a fine grained sedimentary rock. Then my minerals were pressed into bands. orfoliated. Who am I?

3. There I was living in a huge swamp, just a happy freshwater plant. Over time the sediments piled up and over me. I was buried for a long time. All of a sudden it started to get hotter and hotter... fwew. It’s starting to get a little cramped in here stop pushing on me! Whats happenning to me? What two types of rock have I been?

4. 1was lovely piece of limestone that underwent a great deal of stress and pressure. It was tough there for a while. Now I am a lovely counter-top i a house near Corey Beach. What type of rock am I?

5. Hey Hey some people say I am an ‘unsorted box of rocks”. They are just jealous because I have a little bit of everything in me. Then the pressure increased and an igneous intrusion leaned on me. SOME NERVE!! What type of rock am I going to be?

6. Hey I hope you like thy foliated-ness! I used to be coarsgrained and now I am reallyjust a changed piece of granet... by the way, who am I? • Jiagramsbelow represent four rock samples.Which rock QUESTIONS took the longesttime to solidify from magmadeepwithin the Earth? I. Which characteristicof rockstendsto increaseasthe rocksare metamorphosed? (I) density (2) volume (3) permeability (4) numberof fossilspresent 2. What is the maindifferencebetweenmetamorphicrocksandmost other rocks? (I) Manymetamorphicrockscontainonly onemin eral. (2) Many metamorphicrockshavean organiccomposition. Glassyblackrodi (3) Many metamorphicrocksexhibit bandinganddistortion of Bar4s01 ailernaling Ihal lighianddad bfeakswithI structure. (4) Many metamorphicrockscontaina highamount mnetals IheilehapeIracture of oxygen-silicontetrahedra. (1) (3) 3. The metamorphismof a sandstonerockwill causethe rock (1) to be melted (2) to contain morefossils (3) to become more dense (4) to occupyagreatervolume 4. Which propertiesare mostoften usedto distinguishmetamorphic rocksfrom other kindsof rocks? (1) organiccompositionand density (2) bandinganddistortion of structure (3) mineral color and hardness and of sizes (4) layering range particle Easilyspiniayer of Inlerloc$iing 0.0001-cm-diamele, 0.5-cmdiameier pasluciesCemenied crysiaisof Baseyour answersto questions6 through9 on your knowledgeof logeihet variouscoIor EarthScience,theEarth Science Reference Tables,andthediagrams of five rock samples(including metamorphicgneiss)shownbelow. Group 2 Baseyour answersto questions5 through 7 on the table below,your knowledgeof Earth Scienceand the Earth Science Reftrence Tables. The tableprovidesdataabout the textureand mineralcompositionof 4 different igneousrocksampleshavingthesamevolume. 6ASALT GNEISS

T4 Putauluni Ptagloclase Rock Texture Feldspar Quartz Feldspar Elotlte HonibleadePyrowse

0 A coarse 62% 20% 7% 7% 4% 0% CONGLOMERATE GRANITE SANDSTONE B coarse 24% 40% 19% 10% 7% 0% 6. Which rock is of sedimentsthat have of composed a range C tine 6% 16% 41% 14% 23% 0%. sizesand that originate from different rock types? (1) basalt (2) gneiss (3) conglomerate (4) granite 0 line 0% 0% 50% 0% 6% 44% 7. Which rock showsbanding that formed asa result of recrystal lization of unmelted material under high temperature and pressure? (1) gneiss (2) conglomerate (3) granite 5. Describe how rocks A & B formed with texture while (4) sandstone a coarse rocks C & D formed with a fine texture. 8. The granite most likely wasformed by the of processes 6. Describethe evidencethat indicates that rock D is erosion and deposition (2) compaction and cementation probably (1) basalt. (3) heating and metamorphism (4) melting and solidification 7. (a) Describehow the rock with the lowest be 9. Which properties most often used to distinguish density can are determined. metamorphic rocks from other kinds of rocks? (1) organic (b) Which rock hasthe lowest composition and density (2) banding and distortion of struc density? ture (3) mineral color and hardness (4) layering and range of particle sizes ClaSs Name ______Date______Chapter7 UsingScienceSkills:Classifyingrocks

BeaRockHound

Rock collecting is an interesting andchallenging hobby. There are hundreds of different kinds of rocks. Tobe a successful rock collector, you must be able to identify and group rock samples. So you must know the classification system of rocks. This system is based on examination of a rock’s physical properties. These properties will identify the rock as igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic. Physical and chemical tests will further identify the rock as a particular kind of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock. Tofind out firsthand what rock collecting involves, you will identify unknown rock samples provided by your teacher. Select one numbered rock sample. Examine it carefully. What are its most obvious phys ical properties? Compare these properties to the characteristics of each type of rock listed in the table on this page. Select the rock type whose characteristics best match the proper ties of the sample. Repeat this procedure for each sample provided.

CHARACTERISTICSOFIGNEOUSROCKS 1. Igneousrocksmaycontaincrystals,which oftencanbeseen withtheunaidedeye.

2. Igneousrocksthatcooledquicklycontainno crystalsandappearglassy. 3. Igneousrocksmaybefoundin manycolors. Theyoftenshowdifterent-coloredcrystalsthat arenotin bands. CHARACTERISTICSOF SEDIMENTARYROCKS 1. Mostsedimentaryrocksaremadeof frag mentsof otherrocks.Thesefragmentslook verymuchlikesediment.Somesedimentary rockshavea rangeof particlesizes.Other sedimentaryrocksconsistofonesediment size. 2. Somesedimentaryrocksarecomposedof plantandanimalproductsor remains.Such rocksoftencontainfossils.SeeFigure2. 3. Sedimentaryrocksoftenhavedistinctparallel layers. 4. Sedimentaryrocksoftenappeardull.

2. Metamorphicrocksmayshowsignsofbend ing. 3. Mineralcrystalsinmetamorphicrocksare generallyflattened.

• distinct bands banding idull -ock biological parallel of or rock rock sediments wmber crystals glassy remains layers appearance colors distortion classification name Name: period: Rock Classification and Identification

distinct bands’ banding rock biological parallel, dull of or rock rock number crystals glassysediments remains layers appearance colors distortion classification name

II Name Class Date Chapter7 UsingScienceSkills:Interpretingdiagrams

HowAretheDifferentTypesofRocksRelated?

All of the different kinds of rocks that make up the earth’s crust can be classified as being sedimentary, metamorphic, or igneous. Under the proper circumstances, a rock from one of these basic rock types can be changed to either of the other types. For example, if a sedimentary or metamorphic rock were melted as a result of volcanic activity and then cooled and hardened, it would be classified as an igneous rock. Likewise, an igneous or metamorphic rock could be reduced to smaller particles such as sand and pebbles. Particles of sand and pebbles also could form when a sedimentary rock is exposed to weathering for a sufficient period of time. If these particles were then carried to some new location and collected there with similar particles, these materials or sediments would form the ingredi ents for a sedimentary rock. All that remains is for some cementing material, commonly found in water, to bind the particles together. The diagram shows how the three basic types of rocks are interrelated by the processes that can change one rock type to another. This diagram represents what is commonly referred to as the rock cycle. Notice that the boxes drawn with dashed lines contain the processes responsible for changing the rocks from one type to another and the arrows indicate the possible routes and directions a rock might followthrough the rock cycle.

SolidificationI N —i MeltingI

—-— I-— ——-‘ I Burial MetamorphismI and and/or Pressure

© Prentice-Hall,Inc. EarthScience 305 Refer to the rock cycle diagram to answer these questions. 1. What two processes can change jgneous and metamorphic rocks into sediments? a. b. 2. What must happen to sediments before they become sedimentary rocks?

3. Solidification means hardening and becoming solid. Which rock type must experience solidification? 4. What are two processes that a rock must undergo before it can become an igneous rock? a. b. 5. What are three processes that a metamorphic rock must experience before it can be come a sedimentary rock? a. b.

C. 6. Metamorphism is the process that changes material into metamorphic rocks. According to the rock cycle diagram, do other rocks need to experience metamorphism

to be changed to sedimentary or igneous rocks? ______7. What type(s) of rock can be changed to sedimentary rock?

8. What type(s) of rock can be changed to metamorphic rock?

9. What type(s) of rock can be changed to igneous rock?

10. Scientists believe that very few, if any, of the rocks presently found on the earth’s surface are old enough to have been there since the beginning of the earth—approxi mately 4.5 billion years ago. If that is true, what must have happened to the original rocks?

On your answer sheet, fill in the letter of the answer that best completes each statement. 1. The classification of rocks into three main types is based on a. color. c. the way the rocks break. b. shape. d. the way the rocks were formed. 2. Rock formed from magma is called a. metamorphic rock. c. sedimentary rock. b. igneous rock. d. organic rock. 3. Rock formed as a result of great heat and pressure and chemical reactions is called a. metamorphic rock. c. sedimentary rock. b. igneous rock. d. organic rock. -, 4. Rock formed from deposits ofrocks, shells, or plant and animal remains that have been pressed together in layers is called a. metamorphic rock. c. sedimentary rock. b. igneous rock. d. organic rock. 5. The rock cycle is a. the circling of rocks in water. b. a circular rock formation. c. a volcanic chain. d. the continuous changing of rocks from one type to another. 6. Igneous rocks formed deep within the earth are called a. extrusive rocks. b. organic rocks. c. chemical rocks. d. intrusive rocks. 7. Igneous rocks formed from lava at the earth’s surface are called a. extrusive rocks. b. organic rocks. c.. chemical rocks. d. intrusive rocks. 8. The properties used to classify igneous rocks are a. color and texture. c. texture and chemical composition. b. color and chemical composition. d. shape and color. 9. Igneous rocks made of large crystals are a. fine-grained. b. coarse-grained. c. foliated. d. unfoliated. 10. An example of a fine-grained igneous rock is a. granite. b. basalt. c. dionite. d. marble.

© Prentice-Hafl,Inc. EarthScience 335 18. Which of the following is not a clastic rock? a. conglomerate b. breccia c. sandstone d. chalk 19. Which of the following is an organic rock? a. limestone b. mudrock c. porphyry d. schist 20. Which of the following is an evaporite? a. gypsum b. chalk c. breccia d. slate 21. Most of the rocks on the earth’s surface are a. metamorphic. b. sedimentary. c. igneous. d. unfoliated. 22. An example of a foliated, fine-grained metamorphic rock is a. schist. b. slate. c. marble. d. coal. 23. Marble is formed from a. limestone. b. slate. c. shale. d. granite. 24. Metamorphic rocks that have crystals arranged in parallel layers, or bands, are a. foliated. c. extrusive. b. unfoliated. d. always coarse-grained. 25. A clastic rock that contains very fine grains of sand and clay is called a. breccia. b. chalk. c. siltstone. d. quartzite.

336 EarthScience © Prentice-Hafl,Inc. 2.1p Landformsaretheresultoftheinteractionoftectonicforcesandtheprocessesof weathering,erosion,anddeposition. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1,23 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea2 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdea1 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3. - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lp Papermachemodelscreatedinclass 2.lp Streamabrasionlab. 2.lp StreamErosion— Depositionsystemlab. 2.lp Carryingpowerofstreamslab. 2.lp Chemicalandphysicalweathering

36 2.lj Propertiesof Earth’sinternalstructure(crust,mantle,innercore,andoutercore) can be inferredfromthe analysisof the behaviorof seismicwaves(includingvelocity andrefraction). -Analysisof seismicwavesallowsthedeterminationofthelocationof earthquake epicentersand the measurementof earthquakemagnitude;this analysisleadsto the inferencethatEarth’sinterioris composedof layersthatdifferin compositionandstates of matter. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard2 - InformationTechnology KeyIdeas2 & 3 Standard6 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Strategies KeyIdea2

Resource& LabActivities 2.lj Slinkydemonstrationandropedemonstration 2.lj Laserpenin waterdemonstration 2.lj ReferenceTables,page11,EarthquakeP & S wavetraveltime 2.Ij Flowlikea solidlab

30. 2.1k The outwardtransferof Earth’sinternalheatdrivesconvectivecirculationin the mantlethatmovesthelithosphericplatescomprisingEarth’ssurface.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeaI - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard6 - Patternsof Change KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1.

Resource& LabActivities 2.1k ConvectionBox 2.1k ConvectionLab.

31 2.IL The lithosphereconsists of separate p’ates that ride on the more fluid asthenosphereand moveslowlyin relationshipto one another,creatingconvergent, divergent,andtransformplateboundaries.ThesemotionsindicateEarthis a dynamic geologicsystem. -Theseplate boundariesare the sites of most earthquakes,volcanoes,and youngmountainranges. -Comparedto continentalcrust,oceancrustis thinneranddenser. Newocean • crustcontinuestoformat mid-oceanridges. -Earthquakesand volcanoespresentgeologichazardsto humans. Loss of property,personalinjuryandlossof lifecanbe reducedby effectiveemergency preparedness. StandardI • - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeas1,2,3 • - Scientific[nquiry KeyideaI - EngineeringDesign KeyIdea1 Standard2 - Information KeyIdeas,1,2 Standard6 - Systemthinking KeyIdea1 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 Standard7 - Connections KeyIdea1

Resource& LabActivities 2.11 ReferenceTables,page5,TectonicPlates 2.11 PlottingEarthquakesandVolcanoesLab. 2.11 BlockDemonstration. 2.11 Mid-OceanRidgeModel

32 2.lm Manyprocessesof the rockcycleareconsequencesof platedynamics.These includethe productionof magma(andsubsequentigneousrockformationandcontact metamorphism)at bothsubductionand riftingregions,regionalmetamorphismwithin subductionzonesandthe creationof majordepositionalbasinsthroughdown-warping ofthecrust. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea2 EngineeringDesign •KeyIdeaI Standard6 SystemsThinking KeyIdeaI Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.lm ReferenceTable,page6, RockCycle 2.Im ReferenceTable,pages6 & 7, IgneousSedimentaryand Metamorphic RockSchemes 2.lm WalkingtheOutcropLab

33 2.ln Many of Earth’s surface features such as mid-ocean ridges/rifts, trenches/subductionzones, island areas, mountainranges (folded, faulted, and volcanic),hot spots,and the magneticand age patternsin surfacebedrockare a consequenceofforcesassociatedwithplatemotionandinteraction. Standard1 - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdea2 - ScientificInquiry KeyIdea2 EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard6 SystemsThinking •KeyIdeaI Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - Equilibrium& Stability KeyIdea4 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5

Resource& LabActivities 2.ln HawaiianIslandMovement 2.ln ReferenceTables5,TectonicPlates

34 ACTIVEVOLCANOESAND HOT SPOTS -1 z Cl)

I,rn z n-< C. 0

a 0

0 0

C.. 0 a

-i ‘3 0 NAME DATE______CLASS TRANSPARENCY22

PlateTectonics Chapter

w C.) z w I w > z 0 C.)

‘1 ør—r. 4.

DeterminingHowFastSomeCrustalPlatesMove

Most scientists believe that the earth’s crust is broken into pieces, much like the cracked shell of a hard-cooked egg. These pieces are called crustal plates aid are thought to be moving across the mantle, the layer ol’the earth located directly under the crust. The diagram below illustrates how some scientists believe lines of volcanic islands are produced as superheated molten material rises upward from deep within the mantle. The molten material breaks through weak places in the crustal plate as the plate moves over the stationary hot spot in the mantle. In the diagram, the first volcano is the oldest; the second and third are progressively younger. The fourth volcano, the youngest, is still located over the hot spot in the mantle. Volcanoes are formed in the ocean and form what is referred to as a chain of volcanic islands as their tops reach above the ocean surface. Using the idea that chains of volcanic islands are formed as a crustal plate moves over a hot spot in the mantle, it is possible to calculate the average speed at which the crustal

Oldest island E Youngest Island Fourth volcano

First volcano Second volcano Third volcano

Moving crustal plate <

Mantle I!’ Hot spot in mantle

794 EarthScience © Prenitce-Hall,Inc. plate is moving. The following diagram illustrates the eight main islands of the Hawaiian chain. Approximate age is given for the larger islands.

(4,000,000years) 0 50 100 150 km I., ..I I Kauai Niihau (1,500,000 (2,500,000years) Molokal years) Oahu MauI (1,200,000years) Lanai Kahoolawe Hawaii N

w E (0 years) (Hawaiiis stiUforming)

1. Using the scale shown on the diagram, determine the distance between the five majo islands and enter your answers in the appropriate spaces on the following data table. Measure the distance between the dots placed at the center of the major islands.

2. Convert each distance from kilometers to centimeters by multiplying the value in kilo meters by 100,000. Enter the new data in the appropriate spaces on the data table. 3. Calculate the approximate age differences between the islands and enter the data in the table.

DifterenceInApproximate DistanceBetweentheTwoIslands islands Agesof theTwoislands (km) (cm) (years) Hawaii and Maui Maul and Molokal Molokal and Oahu Oahu and Kaual

Prentice.HaII,Inc. EarthScience 795 4. Using the following formula, calculate the approximate speed at which the crustal plate was moving between the times that each of the islands formed. Enter your data in the data table. of crustal Distancebetween the two islands Speed = (in centimeters) movement (cmlyr) Differencein approximate ages of the two islands (in years)

Islands Speedof CrustalMovement(cm/yr) HawaiiandMaui MauiandMolokal MolokaiandOahu OahuandKauai

5. Now calculate the averagespeed of crustal movement.

= &verage speed of crustal movement ______centimeters per year.

6. a. In which direction was the crustal plate apparently moving when the Hawaiian islands were formed?______

b. Explain your answer.

7. a. Accordingto your data, did the crustal plate always move at the same speed? b. Explain your answer.

796 EarthScience © Prentice•HaI, Inc. Base your answers to questions D through B on the Earth Science Reference Tables, the map and information below, and your knowledge of Earth Base answers to questions S through ) on science. your the Earth Science Reference Tables, the diagram of Earth science. The 178’ 172’ 168’ 184’ 168’ 156’ below, and your knowledge three cross sections of the AIIDWAI diagram represents Earth at different locations to a depth of 50 kilo 28’ meters bellow sea level. The measurements given — ?7H PACFYJOCEAN with each cross section indicate the thickness and the density of the layers. PHMQXS 24

1I (1 il *H3 i’) 4c% i —2

178’ 17 166’ 164’ 168’ 158’ V.C•*C N 0 I I I I I I

The map shows the location of major islands and coral reefs in the Hawaiian Island chain. Their ages are given in millions of years. The islands of the Hawaiian chain formed from the same source of molten rock, called a hot plume. The movement of the Pacific Plate over the In which group are the layers of the Earth Hawaiian hot plume created a trail of extinct vol arranged in order of increasing average density? canoes that make up the Hawaiian Islands. The 1 mantle, crust, ocean water island of Hawaii (lower right) is the most recent 2 crust, mantle, ocean water island formed. Kilauea is an active volcano located 3 ocean water, mantle, crust over the plume on the island of Hawaii. 4 ocean water, crust, mantle

-, Approximately how.far has the Pacific Plate Compared with the oceanic crust, the continental moved since Necker Island was located over the crust is hot plume at X? 1 thinner and less dense (1) 300 km (3) 1,900 km 2 thinner and more dense (2) 1,100km (4) 2,600 km 3 thicker and less dense 4 thicker and more dense I Approximately how long will it take the noon Sun to appear to move from Kauai to Pearl Reef? The division of the Earth’s interior into crust and (1) 1 hour mantle, as shown in the diagram, is based primar (2) 2 hours ily on the study of (3) 15 minutes 1 radioactive dating (4) 45 minutes 2 seismic waves 3 volcanic eruption Which graph shows the general relationship 4 gravity measurements between the age of individual islands in the Hawaiian chain and their distance from the hot plume? if Hot springs on the ocean floor near the mid ocean ridges provide evidence that 1 climate change has melted huge glaciers 2 marine fossils have been uplifted to high ele vations (1) (3) DISTANCE 3 meteor craters are found beneath the oceans 4 convection currents exist in the asthenosphere

(2) DISTANCE (4) DISTANCE Name: LAB: bate:

Introduction: Earthquakesare the result of energyreleasedby the movementof the Lithospherealonga Fault. Overtime, pressurebuildsbetweeneachsideof the fault, whenthe pressureis released friction causeswavesof energyto bereleased.Theseenergywavesare calledseismicwaves andare recordedbyseismometers.Seismometersare machinesthat recordthe vibrationsof the groundthey standon,thesereadingsare scaledby intensitycalledthe, Richter.Scale. Thereare 2 wavesweuseto measureearthquakes,primaryandsecondarywaves.Thesewaves travel out from the Focus(origin)in circlesor all directions. PrimaryWavesmovefaster thansecondaryandthroughBOTHsolidsandliquids. SecondaryWavesmoveslowerandtravel ONLYtravel throughsolids!!

In this labyouwill interpret a seismographandusedifferent readoutsof seismicwavesto determinethe locationof anEpicenter.

Vocabulary Fault

Focus

Epicenter

Lithosphere

P-Wave

S-wave

Seismograph

Stepsto Success: 1. Usingthe seismographs,determinethe time lag/differencebetweenthe PandS waves. 2. Usingthe LagTime,determ9inethe distancefrom the epicenterthe location. 3. Knowingwhattimethe P-wavearrivedat the city, calculatethe time of the earthquake ACTUALLYoccurred. 4. Usingthe distanceform the epicenterin#2 drawcicircle,representingthe distanceinall directions,wherethe earthquakecouldhaveoriginated. 5. Repeatstepfour for eachcity, with eachcircle’s intersectionyourpossibilitiesof epicentersdecreases....Wherethey all meet4 MarkyourEPICENTER!! Seirnoqraph. P and S waves S-WavesarrivesWOhnosavethe P-wavearrivesin stuff fallingoff the wall11 This Chicago...shake...shake timedifference4 LagTime

2:3a00 2:35:00 2:40:00 Seismograph LAG bistance to P-wave Timeof . P-wave S-Wave . . . Station Arrival Time biff Epicenter. Travel Time. EQ

Chicago •

Tampa

Wink .

QUESTIONS:

1. ExplainhowP-Wavesare different from S-waves.

2. What is the MINIMUM numberof Seismicstations neededto accurately determine the focus of the earthquake?

3. What happensif you haveonly 2 seismicstations with data onan earthquakesepicenter? Howmanypoints of possibleepicenters do you have?

4. Explainhowthe time betweenthe PandS wavechangesas the distance from the epicenter becomesgreater.

5. Where are you, in relation to the epicenter, whenthe PandS wavesarrive at the SAME TIME? Earthquake!! Map

GreatFals Ycik

Sw Fmnd

so9

.1 ______.1.... ______.1 0 In 1.A seismicstation recordedanearthquakewith an epicenterdistanceof 4,000 kilometers.If the origin time of the earthquakewas11:00a.m.,whattime did the P-wavearrive at the seismicstation? (1) 10:53c.m. (3) 11:07a.m. (2) 11:05a.m. (4) 11:12a.m.

2. What is the total distancethat a P-wavewill travel in 7 minutesand20seconds? (1) 2,000kilometers (3)4,200kilometers (2) 5,800kilometers (4)7,200kilometers

3.Whichstatementbestexplainswhythe P-waveof an earthquakearrives ataseismicstationbeforetheS -wave? (1) TheS-waveoriginatesfromtheearthquake focus. (2) The .5-wavedecreasesin velocityasit posses through a liquid. (3) TheP-waveoriginatesfrom the earthquake epicenter. (4) TheP-wavehasa greater velocitythan the S -wave.

4. Thedifference in arrival times f or P-and5-waves from anearthquakeis 5.0 minutes.Accordingto the Earth Science1efe.rence Tab/es,howfar awayis the epicenteroftheearthquake? (1) 1.3x jO km (3) 3.5 x 1O km (2) 2.6 x i0 km (4) 8.1x 10 km

5. Followinganearthquake,a seismographStation recordedthe arrival of a P-waveat 3:09:30 a.rn.and anS-waveat 3:14:00a.m.Accordingto the Earth ScienceReferenceTab/es,whatisthedistancefrom the seismographstation to the epicenterof the earthquake? (1) 1,200km (3) 6,100km (2) 3,000 km (4) 7,500 km

Page1 TheShadowZone Whenanearthquakeoccurs,both PandS wavesare receivedovermostof the Earth. birectly acrossfrom the Earthquakethere are noS-wavesandonlyP-wavesthat arrive (Eto E’). Between102oand143 there nowavesdueto the refraction of the waves,asthey crossthe boundarybetweenthe Mantleandthe Core. E

What is happeningat E? E Whydon’t S-wavestravel throughthe Outer Core?

What is anothernamefor refraction?______Whywouldthe wavesrefract asthey passfrom the Mantleto the Outer Core?

What type of wave(s)wouldbe locatedat A B C b E’ p ciej3c EarthquakeInformation

The llow shows graph travel time in minutes and distancetraveledfor primaryand secondarywaves.Pnmar and secondarywavesstart at the same time but do not travelat thesamesp. Study thegraph. Usethegraph. helpanswer the questionsthatfollow.

0 E 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance traveled (1000kin units)

1. How long does it take for a primary wave to travel 2000 kilometers? ______

2. How long does it take for a secondary wave to travel 2000 kilometers? ______

3. How far does a secondary wave travel in 10 minutes? ______

4. How far does a primary wave travel in 10 minutes? ______5. What happens to the time difference between primary and secondary waves as the distance

traveled gets longer?

6. Suppose a primary and secondary wave both traveled a distance of 5000 kilometers before they

are picked up by a seismograph. Which wave will arrive first? ______

7. How much time lag at 5000 kin will there be between these twowaves? ______

8. Suppose both a primary and secondary wave start together and travel for 5 minutes. Which wave

will travel farther? $ •1

I. DATE NAME______CLASS______TRANSPARENCY17

Earthquakes Chapter9 TYPESOFFAULTS

CopynghtC G1encoe/McGrw-Ilifl. a druion ci TheMcGvawHU Companies.Inc. 33 NAME______DATE______CLASS______TRANSPARENCY17

Earthquakes Chapter9 TYPESOFFAULTS 1. At what type of plate boundary are normal faults found?

2. How are normal faults created?

3. What happens to rock along a normal fault?

4. At what type of plate boundary are reverse faults found?

5. How are reverse faults created?

6. What happens to rock along a reverse fault?

7. At what type of plate boundary are strike-slip faults found?

8. How are strike-slip faults created?

9. What happens to rock along a strike-slip fault?

34 CopynghtC Glencoe/McGraw44iII,a diisian of TheMcGraw.HiII Companies,hic. 2.10 Plate motions have resulted in global changes in geography,climate, and the patternsof organicevolution.

Standard.6 - Magnitude& Scale Key Idea3 - Patternsof Change Key Idea5 - Optimization Key Idea6 Standard7 - Connections Key Idea7

Resource& LabActivities 2.10 ReferenceTables,pages8 & 9, GeologicHistoryof NewYork State 2.10 Newspaperpuzzle lab; describesthe associationof mountains,minerals, and fossil correlation.

35 1.2h The evolutionof life causeddramaticchangesin the compositionof Earth’s atmosphere. Free oxygendid not form in the atmosphereuntil oxygen-producing organismsevolved. Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 - Optimization KeyIdea6 Standard7 - Connection KeyIdeaI

Resource& LabActivities 1.2h— StanleyMillerexperiment Propertiesof Earth’sAtmosphereReferencetables.— page14

18 1.21Thepatternof evolutionof life-formson Earthis at leastpartiallypreservedin the rockrecord. -Fossilevidenceindicatesthata widevarietyof life-formshasexistedin the past andthatmostoftheseformshavebecomeextinct. -Humanexistencehasbeenverybriefcomparedtotheexpanseofgeologictirñe. Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 • - of Idea5 • Patterns Change Key - Optimization KeyIdea6 Standard7 - Connection KeyIdea1

Resource& LabActivities 1.2i — GeologicHistoryTimeLine.

19. I .2j Geologichistorycan be reconstructedby observingsequencesof rocktypesand fossilsto correlatebedrockatvariouslocations. -Thecharacteristicsof rocksindicatethe processesby whichthey formedand theenvironmentsinwhichtheseprocessestookplace. -Fossi’s preservedin rocks provide informationabout past environmentél conditions. -Geologistshave dividedEarthhistoryinto time units based uponthe fossil record. -Agerelationships,amongbodiesof rockscanbedeterminedusingprinciplesof original horizontality,superposition,inclusions, cross-cuttingrelationships, contact metamorphism,and unconformities.The presenceof volcanicash layers,indexfossils,andmeteoriticdebriscanprovideadditionalinformation. -Theregularrateof nucleardecay(half-lifetimeperiod)of radioactiveisotopes allowsgeologiststo determinethe absoluteage of materialsfound in some rocks. Standard6 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3 - PatternsofChange KeyIdea5 • - Optimization KeyIdea6 Standard7 - Connection KeyIdeaI

Resource& LabActivities 1.2j— WalkingtheOutcropLaboratoryFieldTrip. I .2j — Radioactivedecaylaboratoryinvestigation.

20 Name Class Date Chapter20 MasterForm

Unconformities

Match each diagram below with its proper title by placing the letter of the description in the blank to the left of the diagram.

Descriptions A Layers Are Folded B New Sediments Are Deposited That Form Horizontal Sedimentary Rock Layers C Surface Is Eroded D Fault Cutting Through an Unconformity E Horizontal Sedimentary Rock Layers F Extrusion Above an Unconformity and an Unconformity Below

D % Ii W N —

C S C S C 0 C C

— =

SimulatingHalf-Life

1. Place 100 pennies, heads up, inside a shoe box. Close the lid. The pennies represent a radioactive element. 2. Pick up the box. Shake it for 10 seconds. Be sure to hold the lid on tightly. 3. Open the box. Take out all of the pennies that are tails up. In the chart record the number of pennies you removed and the number of pennies left in the box. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 four times. Note: Do not return the tails-up pennies to the box after each trial.

Trial PenniesRemoved PenniesLeft

What do the heads-up pennies represent?

What do the tails-up pennies represent? -

How many 10-second trials did it take for about half of the 100 pennies to “decay”?

What is the half-life of the pennies?

© 1988Prentice-HaIl,Inc. EarthScience 963 INTRObUCTION: FIELb TRIP!!!! All right, herewego...after a grueling2 hourbustrip wearrive at the SloatsburgRest stopoff of Interstate 87 (upstate). Onthe wayyounoticeall of the steepwallsof rockwhere they cut the roadinto the ground.Weexit the bus(classroom)andyoucanseethe parkinglot is cut into the rock.Thisis the room325 sideof the hail. Notice: • the layersandthe type of rockthat is foundin the area. • alongwith the rockthat forced it’s waythrougha few layers. • the typesof fossilsfoundin eachlayerandtheir abundance.

VOCABULARY:

Index Fossil:

IgneousIntrusion:

Lawof OriginalHorizontality:

Lawof Superposition:

Strata:

Unconformity:

PLEASEbe mindfulof the OTHERCLASSES..anyonethat cannotcontrolthemselveswill be askedto sit downandreceivea ZEROfor the lab...youknowhowto becourteous...

1. Lookat all the layersthe fossilsthat are foundandanychangesto the strata.

2. Followthe directionsfor eachsectionof the labbesureto labelanddrawaccurately.

3. Havea little fun askquestionsandbON’T Get lost!!Thebusleavesafter lunch!!

ITS A LONG WALK HOME!! FIRST STOP:Sloatsburg,NewYork Wemaydothis onetogether Layer Layer LayerType RelativeAgeof Rock Absolute Age of Rock Symbol 1 TOP 2

6 7 Bottom Questions:Answerinshortanswer...quickhitters!!I What mayhavecausedthe fault?

2. Wheredoesthis usuallyoccuronEarth?

3. What doesthe igneousintrusionlooklike?

4. What happenswhenthis rockcomesin contactwith the existingrocks?

5. Whichlayermusthavecomeafter the igneousintrusion?Howdoyouknow?

6. Whereis the unconformityin this areaandwhatmapsymbolindicatesit?

7. What layeris the indexfossil locatedin?

8. What organismis the best indexindicator?

9. What other indexindicatoris presentin the strata?

Usingthe GeologicHistory of NYState, 0.What Periodsof time dothe layerscorrelateto?

11.What is oldestpossibledateof the layers? Correlatingthe Layers GETONTHEBUS...Gus!!Herewegoanothershort trip about50 MilesNorth towards Kingston,NewYork...Thormanstopcomplaining,TomStevens,weknowyou’re hungry...wejust ate lunch!Nickyoucan’t take all the rockswith you,leavesomefor next yearstrip! Alrighty, last stop,324 sideof the hall. Notice: • the differencesandsimilaritiesfrom other side • the fossilspresent

SECONbSTOP:Kingston.NewYork Layer Layer LayerType RelativeAgeof Rock AbsoluteAgeof Rock Symbol 1 TOP 2

6 7 Bottom QUESTIONS: 1. What layeris missingfrom this roadcut comparedto Sloatsburg?

2. HOWdid this probablyhappen?

3. boesthe indexfossil correlatefrom yourlast stop?

4. boesthe indexindicatoryoudiscoveredin the last stopcorrelate?

5. Is there anyevidenceof Igneousintrusionhere?

6. What couldthis indicateaboutthe seismicactivity betweenSloatsburgandKingston?

7. Are there anyother differencesfrom the roadcuts? OrderingtheEventsof Sloatsburg,NewYorkOutcrop Oldest: 1.Bedrock

3. bepositionof SandstoneLayer

10.

OrderingtheEventsof Kingston,NewYorkOutcrop

Oldest: 1.Bedrock

3. beposftionof SandstoneLayer

8. 2.lr Climate variations, structure, and characteristics of bedrock influence the development of landscape features including mountains, plateaus, plains, valleys, ridges,escarpments,and streamdrainagepatterns.

StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis Key Ideas,1,2,3 - ScientificInquiry Key Idea2 - EngineeringDesign Key Idea 1 Standard6 SystemsThinking Key Idea I Magnitude& Scale Keyidea 3 Standard7 Connections Key Idea I

Resource& LabActivities 2.1r CeramicmodelIandformkits 2.1r Streamerosionand depositionlaboratoryinvestigation 2.1r Referencetables,pages2,3,5,9 2.1r Laserdiscgeology

38 2.lq Topographicmapsrepresentlandformsthroughthe useof contourlinesthatare isolinesconnectingpointsofequalelevation.Gradientsandprofilescanbedetermined fromchangesinelevationovera givendistance. StandardI - MathematicalAnalysis KeyIdeasI ,2,3 - ScientificInquiry Keyidea2 - EngineeringDesign KeyIdeaI Standard6 - SystemsThinking KeyIdeaI - Models KeyIdea2 - Magnitude& Scale KeyIdea3

Resource& LabActivities 2.lq Drownthemountainlab. 2.lq SayvilleQuadrangle

37 Name Class______Date______LaboratoryInvestigation Chapter8 Earth’sLandmasses 18 Constructinga TopographicMap

: . :.. :.. :. Background Information -: All maps are models of some feature of the real world. The kind of map often used by scientistsis called a contour or topographic map. Topographic maps show elevation, or height above sea level, of land areas. On a topographic map. differences in e1evationare illustrated by hues that are drawn through points of equalelevation.Such lines are known as contour lines. In thisinvestigationyâu willmake a contour map of a landform model.

Problem : How is a contour map created? —

MateriaIieigroup) V . . . . :.: :. V - model landfozm in a transparent ...•. “: plasticbox.’ . . transparent lid that fits the box nonpermanent marking pen source of colored water - V.. contaner . — V VV blank tracing paper. V

V Procedure :- ... V I 1. Check to see that your plastlé box has a centimeter scale markedon one of its sides.The scalewillbe used to measure the levelof waterin the box. Boxesshouldbepreparedprior to start oftnvestiation. Eachboxshouldhaveacentimeterscalemarkedonone ofitssides.Thisscale shouldbemarkedwithpermanentmarkerorwithstick-on metrictape.Also,theplastic.landlormmodel shouldbefastenedto the bottomoftheplasticbox wIthdouble-sidedfoamtapeorwith siliconseater.

-. V

VV . • Pventio.-Md, . 2. ur colored waxer nto the plasrit box up to the 1-an mark. Notice that the water forms a shorelinewith the Iandforin model. See Figure 1..

Ccv / J-.

- $ r L d 3. Place the coveron the box Using the marking pen, trace the shorelineonto the cover where the colored water meets the landform model. Look straight down ax the shoreline as you trace it. See Figure 1again. It is veryimpOTtantthatstudentstookstraightdownatthe shorelinewhiletracing. - 4. Continuefillingthe containerwith colored water,i an at a nine. lIace the new shoreline formed after each filling.When you have completely covered the landforrn model; you will havecreateda contour map of that.landform.See Figure2.

b6hich 5. Removethe cover from the plastic is now filled withcolored water.Carefully the colored water back into the largecontainerfromwhich tookit. Removea pour - you small amount axa time. / go Name Class ______Date ______

6. Placea sheet of tracing paper over the contour map thai you have traced on the cover and trace the map onto the paper. You may find that if you hold the cor against a window glass,the sunlight behind it willmakeit easier to see the contour lines. Each student in your group should trace his or her own map from the one you made together onthelidofthebox. 7. After tracingthe contourlines onto yourtracingpaper,washthe lines from the cover. Return all materials to the proper place.

Observations 1. In this model, the vertical distance between the bottom of the box and the first horizontal line (surce of the water) is the contour intervaL On a contour map, the- contour interval is the vertical distance between two successivecontour lines. What is the contour interval of the map you made?

2. Labelthe heightofeach contour lineon themapthat you made

Analysis and Conclusions 1. What is the height of the highest point on the topographic map that you made?

S. g

N N 2. According to your map, s the slope from the ihordlineto the highest point on the iandform uniform on all sides? How can you tell?

3. How would your topographic map be different if the iandformnyou mapped wasa large plate2u?

—S. — ./

0 Pvendos.HaI, Inc. VI Critical Thlnkb’g and Application When answering the following,questons, refer to dii acoinpanying map of the islandof En.

- 1 What is the contourinterval of the map of the islandof En?

2 Labelthe height of each contour line on the map of theisland.______—

3. What two points on the map have the same elevation? ‘N

N .. - •::

- 4. What is the approximate elevationof point H? -

5. How many mountains or hills are there on the islanciofErt?

SDetrirune the Wand

7. If you werè to walk along the 20-rn contour line from point C to point G, wouldyour elevation increase, deatase, or remain e same?

/ Going Further Using cardboard or clay, make a three.dhrnensional model of the Wand of En.

92 Name: Period: GlacialEGeology

WHATAREGLACrERs? Glaciers are accumulationsof snow and ice large Snow can be compressed by its own weight and enough to survive the summer melt. Within the his change to ice. Additional snow accumulation may tory of human civilization,the climate in New York cause the ice to flow downhill under the influence of Statehas been too warmto sustain glaciers.But, there gravit We generallythinkof ice as a solid. but ice is is a great deal of evidence that New Yorkwas covered actually a very viscous tstiffl fluid. Under lonc-term by a great glacier only 20.000 years ago. Today,glaci stress, ice can slowly bend and flow.See Figure D-i. ers are restricted to land areas near the poles. espe Glaciers move slowly. Rates of advanceof a few cen ciallyGreenlandand Antarctica. and to high mountain timetersper day are common. However,surgingglaci. elevations. However, there is no glacier at the North ers maytemporarilyadvance many meters per day,in Pole because that region is covered b an ocean. Salt additionto snow and ice. most glaciers carrysoil and waterin the ocean does not allowsea ice to freeze to a rocks.This sediment load ispushed in front, dragged depth of more than a few meters. On the other hand. alongthebottom, or carriedwithin the movingstream the glaciersof Antarcticaare as much as 3 kilometers ofice. As theglacier moves downhill, additionalseth’ thickover most of the continent. meat load mixes with theadvancingice.

Create an experiment that would test the idea that ice is not a solid but actually a viscous liquid. Draw illustrations of your experiment as well. Types of Glaciers. Most glaciers can be classi Ifanaipme glacierfiows into a area t1 fied as alpinevalley glaciers, piedmontglaciers,or mountains, it forms a piedmont glacier. wiuc: continental ice sheets. Alpineglaciersform in high spreads over a wide area.liKesvrur noure(: mountainswheresnow accumulatesto sufficient plate. Continental ice sheets also snow this ccncr depth that itiscompressedand recrvstalljzd, pattern.They spread outwardfrom an elevated cente of accumulation.

Look at the durinc and after glaciation pictures. What is a hanging valley, and how does it form?

Figure D-2.Erosion byg’acierscarves U-shaped”valleys.

Terminus Zone of Imefting Accumulation orCalving Snow of icebergs) Fresh Zoneof Zoneof Terminus Ablation Ablation

. x X”)(i()X)(XX)T.rL ______Sea Level

OceA ,-

Figure D-1. Continentalice sheets flow outwardfrom the zone of snow accumulation.

Describe 3 things that valley and continental glaciers have in common. Then list 3 differences between the two types of glaciers. uurn ‘iacier, Evidence left Material deposited directly by th ciacier b glaciers can be divided into three genera] cate sorted. Glacial till s loose. unsorted sediment i,i-• gories: sediments deposited by mehwater. sediments posited by the ice. The various siz o: njrticte’ deposited b the moving ice, and changes in the mixed without internal Tli (‘.. bedrock surface. any pattern or sorunt sists of particles in size from th tiniest The most ranging important thing to remember about particles, through silt, sand. pebbles. co)bie’ glacial deposits that sediments is deposited by melt- boulders. Often, the material transported h a ciacte water usually show layering and sorting. That is. is scratched as it is rubbed against bedrock Till is o: within each layer, a particular size of particles ten left in irregular piles known as moraines dominates. pre Material that has been transported by the ice, but deposited by meitwater streams that flow of out a glacier, are usually layered and sorted b’ size. The fastest streams deposit larger particles, such as pebbles and cobbles, and slower-moving waters deposit finer sediments such a&.sandarid silt.

Draw two cross—sections of deposition; one showing deposits from meitwater streams, the other showing deposits that come directly from the glacier

Figure D-3A shows the maximum southerly extent of glaciers in North America, and Figure D-3B shows the southernlimitof glacier move rnent in New YorkState. maximummanne ,nvaskon

41 Figure D.3B. Thelimitsof glaciationin NewYorkState.

3OLf%

North Figure D-3A.The geographiclimitsof the recent Ameneanice sheets. Approximately how many square miles did the most resent North American ice sheet cover?

In figure D—3B they forgot some upstate lakes, draw them in with their name close by. represent the word answer you have chosen 1. A valley cut by a glacier is usually(1)A-shaped 2)V-shaped (3)U-shaped(4)W-shaped

In question 2—4 use words to describe the picture you have chosen as the answer. S. 2. Thesoil profile belowshowsa mixture ofgrainsizes from davto pebbles.What agent of depositionmost likely created this soil? (1) a glacier (2) the wind (3)alarge river (4) ocean currents : : Q: ‘a’ 3. Which diagram below best illustrates a cross section of sediments that were transported and depositedbya glacier2

/1 (1) (3)

(2) (4)

4. Which diagram below best shows a mountain land scape mostly eroded by movingice?

(1) (3)

(2) (4) BedrockEvidence. The movement of rock- laden of ice creates a varetv features on bedrock. Reautne caption for fi:ure Bedrocksurfaces rounded. smoothed, and are pol and ishedbythe work ofthe advancingice.Theymayalso draw the rest of the showparallel groovesand scratches.These scratches whale for this whaleback rook. areknown asstriations, and they showthe direction the ice was moving. Some bedrock knobshave a smoothrampon the north face and a jaggedface on thesouthernend,wheretherockhasbeenpluckedb the movingice. Figure D-6 showsthese glacially sculptedrock forms. In addition,valleys are cut deeperandwiderbyglaciers.in a roundedU shape.

Figure D-6. partiallyroundedand knobs scratchedrock aresometimescalledwhalebacksor bytheFrench name,roche moutonnee

Chemicalevidencefrom oceanicsediments shows that periodsof depressed temperatureshaveoccurred overmuch of our planet’shistory.Suchglobalcooling maybeeither the resultof glaciation,or its cause.An Co’der Warmer ice ageis a long periodof globalcooling duringwhich icesheetscoverlargeareasof the continents.There Yearsago Stages Yearsago probablyhavebeendozensof ice agesduringEarth 0 — history.The measuredchangesin Earthsclimatefor Wisconsin 100.000 gtaciat 100.000 the pasttwo million are shownin D-7. years Figure 200.000 200.000 Althoughthere havebeen mans’speculationsabout Sangamon the causesof globalcooling,noneof themhavebeen 300.000 interglacial 300.000 completelyacceptedbyclimatologists 400.000 lIioon 400.000 500,000 glacial 500.000 600.000 600,000 700.000 Yarmouth 700.000 Interglacial What 800.000 is the difference between 800.000 arid glacial lnterg1acj1 periods. 900.000 900.000 1.000.000 1.000.000 1.100.000 Kansan 1,100.000 1200.000 —l 1200.000 1.300.000 1300.000 1.400.000 1.400.000 1,500,000 Aftonian 100 000 I .600.000 interga 1.600.000 1.700.000 1.700.000

1.800.000 Nebrawn 1.800.000 1.900.000 1.900.000

2.000.000 — 2.000.000

Figure D-7. FluctuationsofworldtempeTtures averthe pastfourglacialperiods. Name: Period:

New York’sIce Sheets. The landscape of New York State shows many features of glaciation. Drumlins are hills of sediment, as much as 100me ters high, formed by the moving ice. Many are shaped like a whale, blunt at the northern end and gradually trailing off to the south. Occurring throughout the state, they are especially common in Western New York. The Finger Lakes of that region occupy former north-south stream valleys that were made wider and deeper by the southward movement of the glaciers, as shown in Figure D-8.

Figure D-8. Glacialfeatures of the Finger Lakes region include the glaciallyscoured north-south valleys, several moraines anda large drumlin field.

Put an arrow in the diagram to indicate the direction of glacial advance.

What are the coordinates of Rochester New York?

What does the dotted line represent? Explain. Figure D-9. Ice age elephants, likethe woollymammoth, inhabited New Yorkat the time of the last ice age. Vocabulary: Glacial erratj.cs— Scientists have determined that the glaciers must have been 1 kilometers or more thick, because even the of the Catskills and the Adirondack highest parts Parent bedrock- Mountains were scratched, rounded, and plucked by the moving ice. Large rocks that have been carried, pushed, or dragged by the advancing ice are known as erratics because they are far from their parent bedrock. Some erratics have a distinctive composition allowing geologists to infer where they were torn from the bedrock. In New York State, most erratics can be traced to bedrock exposures to the north. This is one way scientists know that the ice sheet that cov ered New York State advanced southward from east ern Canada. The last great North American glacier extended as far south as Long Island and the Ohio River before it to melt back 20,000 began approximately years ago. Fossils of land animals from the ice ages have been found well out onto the shallower parts of the oceans. A variety of ice age life forms, including plant-eating mammoths (Figure D 9) and meat-eating saber-toothed cats, inhabited a landscape similar to the tundra of Northern Canada, Alaska, and Siberia. Their fossils have been found in postglacial bogs throughout the state.

animals such as saber—tooth How can the fossils of land ocean floor. cats and mammoths be found in the shallow

How did plant eaters like mammoths survive in landscapes similar to the modern day tundra of Northern Canada? The glaciers left a soil nch in a variety of weath ered minerals, but generally rocky and deficient in or ganic matter. In some places the soil is veiy thin, while in other locations it is hundreds of meters deep. Long Island was largely built of glacial deposits in the form of two east-west terminal moraines. These rows of hills show the most southerly advance of the ice. The southern of Island part Long is an outwash plain Label the following in the diagram: underlain by layers of sand and other sediments washed out of the glaciers. Figure D-1O shows that 1. Lake Ronkonkoma (kettle lake) the formation of hills in New York and coastal New 2. Bald Hill Vietnam War Memorial England can be related by their glacial origin. In fact, the most important geological resource in New York 3. Bayport Blue-point State is the deposits of sand and gravel left by glacial meltwater. This gravel provides a stable and well- 4. Davis park drained base for highways. If you live in an area that was once covered by a glacier, it is likely that your own community has dis tinctive features that originated with the continental glaciers. Your teacher, a geologist, or the resources in your library may help you to locate and understand how these features were made.

LongIslandafterdepartureof the IceSheet

HarborHillMoraine FishersIsland

Point Montauk / I /RonkonkomaMoraine Point OutwashPlain _____ , / / / _____ The

Figure D.1O. Longisland and nearbycoastalNew England are part of a seriesof terminal moraines.

Draw 2 cross-sections of soil: one of location A, and one of location B.

INFORMATIONFROM MODERN GLACIERS What is a core sample? those that Observations of modern glaciers, such as to under cover Greenland and Antarctica, help us stand what New Yorkwas like during the ice ages. these addition, ice recovered from deep within In of a valuable record of thousands glaciers preserves ice of atmospheric precipitation. Studying deep years uninterrupted record cores enables us to observe an of Earth’s atmosphere back into prehistoric times. used deter The air encased in these cores has been to before it be mine the composition of the atmosphere of technology. came polluted by the products our TOPICREVIEWQUESTIONS1

1. According to the Earth Science Reference Tables, the glaciers that shaped the landscape of New YorkState occurred at approximately the same time as the (1) for mation of the Taconic Mountains (2) development of hu mans (3) appearance of the first sharks (4) extinétion of the trilobites

2. When was most of New YorkState covered by large ice sheets? (1) only once, early in Earth’s history (2) only once, in the recent geologicpast. (3) many times throughout Earth’s history (4) not in the past, but proba bly in the future

3. Which landscape region of New Yorkis composed of low hills of unsorted sediments of Cretaceous and Pleis tocene age? (1) the Hudson-Mohawk Lowlands (2) the AtlanticCoastalPlain (3)the ChamplainLowlands (4)the Erie-Ontario Lowlands

4. The diagram below shows a large stone that was probably transported by (1) ocean currents (2) a large river (3) a glacier (4) the wind

5. The diagram below represents the cross section of a soil deposit from a hill in central New YorkState. —Top

—Boflom

The deposition was most likely caused by (1) a glacier (2) a windstorm (3) a stream entering a lake (4) wave ac tion along a beach

6. Unsorted sediments are commonly deposited by (1) moving ice (2) wind (3) running water (4) ocean currents clay particles on a flat plain (4) unsorted sediments in low,irregular hills 8. Which state was partly or completely covered by glacialice during all four stages of ice advance? (1) Iowa (2) Kentucky (3) Kansas (4) Missouri 9. In the state of Kansas, the average distance be tweea the Nebraskan Stage ice boundary and the Kansan Stage ice boundary is approximately (1) 40 km Directions: Base your answers to questions 7 (2) 180 km (3) 90 km (4) 300 km through 11 on the map above and your knowledge of 10. What evidence found on the former ice-covered Earth science. The map above shows the southernmost areas would best show the direction of continental advance of four major stages of continental glaciation glacial movement? (1) resistant, folded metamorphic in the central United States. White areas represent bedrock (2) high-temperature igneous and volcanic land once covered by glacial ice. The general direction bedrock (3) bedrock with parallel scratches and of ice movement was from north to south. grooves (4) bedrock containing fossils of animals that lived in cold water 7. The landforms that mark the terminal glacialbound 11. Which map below best represents the southern aries are made up of (1) residual soil particles resting on most advance of the continental ice sheet during the a flat plain (2) rounded grains in a sand dune (3) layered Wisconsinan Stage?

Ice /

N N

Introductory Questions: 1. Whatdirectionshouldyoutravel to changeyourLongitude?

2. Whatdirectionshouldyoutravel to changeyourLatitude?

3. What is the referencepointfor elevation?(Wherewill youfind zeroelevation?)

4. What is the contourintervalfor yourmaps?Sayville

Patchogue:

Topography Questions: 5. What is the symbolfor the areasexposedto wetlands?

6. Whattype of roadis SunriseHighwayconsidered?Middleroad?

7. Findthe Highschool..,is it the samename?Whatelevationis the schoolapproximately?

8. Findthe drive intheater is it still there?

9. WheredoesSansSouciLakesstart? Lookat the contourlinesaroundthe streams,dothey pointupstreamor downstream?

10.What isapproximatelylocatedat coordinates,73°5’ Westand40° 47’ 30” North?

11.Youare standingonthe cornerof SylvanAveandMontaukHighway,whatwill the altitudeof polarisbeat night? Ctcokea Profilebelow:/ 4of lieislikea picturefromthe side..,it ows the changeinelevationordepthdependingonwhatyouaremeasuring. ProfileofLongsIand 300

26o 2(0 290 do I6o /80 . iq. IqJ lao Ioo 100

éO 0 ‘10

0 0

S/’Aj’ce (rn;1e) 14.What happensfrom BluePointto LongIsland Expressway?

15.What happensNorth Of LongIslandExpresswayto the Topof the map?

16.Whatdowecallthe feature north of the expressway?

17.Noticethe locationof LakeRonkonkoma,What happensto the bill at the Eastside?

18.AnyideashowLakeRonkonkomaformedif it shouldbepart of the terminalmoraineof the glacier?

19.If youcontinuethe graphnorth of herewhatwouldhappenonthe north shore?

20. Whattype of sedimentwouldyoufind underthe topsoilof L.I.? FeuThresLeftehindbv eceding •

Kettles:

Kettle Lakes:

Drumlins:

Erratics:

Recessional Moraine:

Terminal Moraine:

Ground Moraine:

Outwash:

Eskers andKames: The formation Which statement presents the best evidencethat of the Finger Lakes of central New YorkState a boulder-sized rock is an erratic? and the formationof Long Island both are 1 The boulder has a rounded shape. examples of 1 2 The boulder is larger than surrounding rocks. climatic changes resulting in a modificationof 3 The boulder differs in composition from the the landscape 2 underlying bedrock. uplifting and leveling forces being in dynamic 4 The boulder is located near potholes. equilibrium 3 soils differing in composition depending upon The direction of movement of a glacier is best the bedrockcomposition 4 indicated by the activities of man altering the landscape 1 elevation of erralics 2 alignment of grooves in bedrock 3 size of kettle lakes 4 amount of deposited sediments 5 The diagramillustrates the for mation of a -3 The general directionof continental glacial 1 plunge pool 2 advance in New York State was from kettle hole 1 southtonorth 3 sikjq lake 2 north to south 4 finger lake 3 westtoeast 4 easttowest What is the differencebetweena ValleyGlacier:

ContinentalGlacier:

What is the nameof the last contire+àl glacierinN America?

FigureD-4. Thevariouszoneswithinaglacier.Thearrowsindicatethe pathicetakesthroughtheglacier. 1.Whichrockmaterialwasmostlikelytransportedto Baseyouranswersfor questions andl onthe Earth its presentlocationbyaglacier? ScienceReferenceTab/esandthe diagrambelow. (1) roundedsandgrainsfoundinariver delta Thediagramrepresentsaglaciermovingoutof a (2) roundedgrainsfoundinasanddune mountainvalley.Thewaterfrom the meltingglacier (3) residualsoilfoundonaflat plain isflowingintoa lake.Letters A throughFidentify withinthe (4) unsortedloosegravelfoundinhills points erosionol/depositionalsystem.

2.Largeigneousbouldershavebeenfoundonsurface sedimentarybedrockinSyracuse,NewYork.Which statementbestexplainsthe presenceof these boulders? (1) Sedimentarybedrockis composedof igneous boulders. (2) Bouldersweretransportedto the areabyice. (3) Theareahashadrecentvolcanicactivity. of unsortedsedimentswould be (4) Theareawasoncepart of a largemountain 64.beposits probably foundat location range. (1)E (3)C 3.Thediagrambelowshowsacrosssectionof soilfrom (2) F (4) 0 NewYorkStatecontainingpebbles,sandandclay. 71.Aninterfacebetweenerosionanddepositionbythe iceis mostlikelylocatedbetweenpoints o : (1) A andB (3) Candb : :‘ (2) BandC (4) t)andE : :, in ..Q 8 . Woodenstakeswereplacedonaglacier astraigh : : : : : : : : lineasrepresentedby ‘in the diagrambelow. Thesamestakeswereobservedlater inthe positions representedbyB-B‘

Thesoilwasmostlikelydepositedby A (1) anoceancurrent (3) ariver (2) the wind (4) a glacier

‘. At the presenttime,glaciersoccurmostlyinareasof (1) highlatitudeor highaltitude (2) lowlatitudeor lowaltitude (3) middlelatitudeandhighaltitude (4) middlelatitudeandlowaltitude

6. A depositof rockparticlesthat arescratchedand Thepatternof movementof the stakesprovides unsortedhasmostlikelybeentransportedand evidencethat depositedby (1) glacialicedoesnotmove (1) wind (3) runningwater (2) glacialiceis meltingfaster thanit accumulates the centerthan (2) glacialice (4) oceanwaves (3) the glacierismovingfoster in onthe sides (4) friction is lessalongthe sidesof the glacier Page1 thaninthe center jong IslandGeoIo9

FigureDm7.LongIsland’sSurface.LongIslandiscomposedofboth glacialtillwhichmakesupmorainesandglacialoutwash.

L. Whereisthe RonkonkamaMorainelocatedandwhattypeof moraineis it

2. Whereisthe HarborHill Morainelocatedwhattypeof moraineis it?

3. Whenthe glccier recedes,the meltwaterbuildsupbehindthe moraineandfills betweenthe till andthe ice. At somepointintimethe water breaksttwough...SW00000SH... andan outwashplainis produced.

3. Kettlesareformedwhenhugepiecesof glacialiceare left behindandmeltovertime making depressionsinthe ground.KettleLakesare formedwhenthesedepressionsholdwater. Are there anyKettleLakesonLongIsland?

4. Whydoesthe southshorehavea flat landscapeandthe northshorehavea hilly landscape? New York State

116J - - II4VV 112f

‘I I

Scale of Miles 0 20 40 60 ic2i I -r 1 /

— .. a .. — •

-. -

-I

Vj I - - — — rE:1IIi I, , V. L<

— —. - -

)

---V.

-I I L I d781 I/fl “114L ted in U.S.A. Published by DENOYE PPERT CO..Chicago V.. 4.- +- - - p

---- — - - ---—,-VV-- - --4--—

- .:. - ... V - - VV.V_. - -- — - - -—-.

-- -$ ------i - - -1 t i 1T1

-- ii::t:i iV_ V

-V-V V_t_ IVV-

--- $- V H— • - V

------r------— -- ---— —

----—-- -

-- - - V c ‘, - * - —rV/_------.------1 — - : V V ‘.cC— - ---“ --- V--- - — ------V-V - ---: —--:--$ — - t--- -V -‘ __ V V . : - V - ç 4 - + - -t

----

V -h-:

__ - - V V - +-VV--V----V---,-- VVVVVV -- - --VV--,-

V V - --

V - V --

-- —V V-VV+ - V-,-V-

- V -- V -V- - -V-h--V--

- - — - V——-V—-——-V — V _ — — —V—V — V_V - -V — V V — •V • -- — — - - - - - — t- — - ---4- - - - - * - — * -t -— - - - - —,- - _4_

- — ------•. - - - -1 -— - — -

- - - -• * -• -

• - - • :H : + s;/D- -H ---t- *---—------÷-- --- v—-- O-—-- - -

- - -i—-, • - - - *- -- _ 5. ------

JT - -

t__i i - - - i::

• - • p • - - - - _) )•

-.--- .__--_---

- -

- -rj -1J c c7 - -—-—--,, - 1------—---—r----—------,— - -*- --n-

_;_ -&* - -

- - - ______i__-_ YL • - - - _ — — - • ------—-•— - ---1- -- —-—-- - — -t— -• ---

------;--- -- —-.- ---

=- i_i * -• • : + - - • - - - • -• - -- - • - I

-H

• I-__./- ,- I •L • -

‘ ?‘ i• - LI1 LI /1 • • • • ---- P •---• • -•-••-••-_—.-—--fl— • • H AN • __ • I • cx_ •

--b ------1-- --: -

-4- - -- • A • -!

-‘_• E+> •—

• • • -• --•--- •----•-r--- • --Th - •

------‘Q’ -- ---—- •-- ---•--•-- :

- -• - t

- - -

• i- - ,------+-

------

-v -,—------

4 ------____;

- - - -

—

— — t — —

- 4 - - -ei

----

--a------4 ->----

---- - •- ---, --.--- : =I

- -

_± ------c ---. --. - ‘v.- vi -. tii - _T_. --:-- :1III:T: _IiII :1:

I U— \J flt,) V _\_ .—-:_ 0’ - I ------n--- “------3 - - - : i:1:: ‘

- -

------4--.--- -,

-“-- - - —------N- --

.------.-- -j-. - -. ------— • • • -- -- • :•. •

__ -

- -j

• Ht; • i•J, .

_I —* — — — — I I — — I

- - - -*--- +0 - H-

14 * ± - - - - t I

I — - —- - — — - — - I I I I t I

- -•- - - - -

• -—-

I I - I , I - • • •.

I I I • __

- • I • I -

• 1 • • • I

L—- - I • I • I I I --•------j r L

_L____

I - - -

I • - • - I ------— ------•- — ------f--.,- • • I • I I • -————-—————— —•-— ___i___ — ———-—-—-—-—H-— — - ———-— — •——-————4———-’-———- ——-I-— —;- - I - I • • I - ---- I------5__

• • “• - - - - • I — - - _If_t_ - —-- -—--——— --

J - -•.---- - QI r’ —-4 4 • - — • • • • • - - - - — - ——------—— .-— - ____*_I______—--.-——-—- —-i_—.------— •r • - - - ( — -— — - - -——i —--—-- • • • ‘ • - - - .TI11IHI: IH- J T:IIH :I: T1 H -

- -—.e- -- --— ------—----—-- ---• _-••__-_.-_-—.- - - - (xxs)

Per How KNOTS “‘ TENDENCY

Miling, I1%Jl .idy arom.or 1-2 1-2 or n.,,. (lilA riv mor, aol iin kWMr .lMn,3 Mi 5(0 Riovi •l•sily. or 2/ r,loadilV

- r.n0 or Shady. hM.h 31 or rishI. hliln ::: 8.12 rhsu4 r. qinrlily 4 ehy. $01115 OS 3 hIG.lrS5(0 15 - 20 13 17 ?&iin. (Mn r(si5(. 5 oo,w 0? cs,? (hOp 3 hairs i(0 21.25 18.22 Fflin. (000 aoy or falluin. (Mn lO(ItSh( PlOt, shady is losS! \i.... 26 • 31 23 - 27 (hap 3 iura 7\ Fa1hin s,idIly. or 5(0

\\_ 32-37 28.32 eidy or SlEPt (Mn faUvig; or tilIii. lPds 8i (ailing no,. ivicliiy

38 - 43 53 - 37 PAST C Q NvmMt WEATHER 44 - 49 38- 42

Cl,a,’or lc 0 CIOl$ \\\. 50- 54 43- 4•7 PsrUy cly Ploi. segI.rid) lid ,s?hab lE

55- 60 48- 52 Ctoidy (br.ii) 2 or .rc5g Slldgor ., dug-- k 61-66 53- 51 3 norm. or d,l(5( Or blOdi( S

4 Fo1, or scsi,. or X 67- 71 58. 62 hllgkdu3I (au

5 Orizgl, 72. 71 63- 67 6 . Ru. I\X 78. 83 68- 72 0? SlIP aid 7 * wos missi. or IC. psll.i. ll,t) 84. 89 73 77 . 8 3105t51 I)

Totusor* sflpor 119 . 123 103 . or 9R s* . ExplanationofStationSymbolsandM

WW PRESENT WEATHER (Descriptions) 0 2 3 4 ooQ D (S’) 0 0 0 l4..p,O.d 4..l is s D..l.I.,.., V.Ud.,4l.p144.II 00J1 II.,. 4,. Cl.... (l.IfilI, 0.05*0510010114011. .,l..dlp k...4 d,..l.,....*l I 1,.I.ol.lpo.Il,sh0l. VIitb,l,Ipt.d.,040, ••.. ‘4, $011.14 Ill b.1.an.n ill. :‘:.:.::::, 4 ., 00)5.11*111 ‘-(‘I’d’.. 4.1.14 100005 .1,1. 0,, .4 p4,, I..a O(’.I.p.0 4.(.Ii4 pIll ‘ blot ).( (.) T<1 V I’ll fONlioO’d < HO,, Of Pt.: p.s 1110$ .1,110 .11. Tb.... Sf01141) .111,511(1 Pli MI ol ‘dIllon 1.4 10*110. 104 II 1141.0* Pt.c.p.tsI... •..,e.’.’’o’ .1.11. 0.5:4 •.I 10*0.1 LIght..1 1,5,01. ‘ 0. tto...4.t *1411*,. it 0.110 bet NOT I. I.•,..;a 5111 IpIlill.. NIlE 000*5.4P011l.0 $1 I’ 411911 PlOt d,.p.. I0l’ I III bond., 01.14 IlIUM.4 1140$. i is’’’.. .11r bi I.g10 a,,04 pia, (0. 4,110.1 1*100 •o. III.. I 1.11 o. 4ls0d •,.etd. bet NOT l4 114411$ ..:; Soil.. ]. K] ] .] ] ] TIO.I,SIII.’ 111ei,a.Iha.l,o, e].0 5.4 ss.qp..i lout, ] Mo..,..4,... .oa iou 5 1.11,01 .5 54.01111.11 SIlO. NOT h1004 00 hbhhbbhlduhhhlbht •t, il....o 4.14 5... and •no.INOT I SI 0,10.511.1001.11 IOU.., i. 11101 loll. N.*i,l 01,0,1 ‘ ‘I aol hIll 1010. mr... 1,0 NOT Ii 1*000 I 01,04 •i’ NOT l*II.t I ll.oO,l0l 100.11.1 4.11Sf pIll i.Ibq ., .4r. Ie....r is.. . 0.,,. bet $501’ II POOl 11.1.0.1 NOT Ii 001.1.1111* 4.1,.. .l.., 0.” Mot ii tIm. 05 00,1 bet NOT II 1,111001 114 I .Iso.l,.I 4—’’i p051 Ion, I., 110 pIll *...n pill IS,,? bet 1*4 p041 0..’t a... NOT llui. (1001 NOT •ls.s• .1’) Oblt,il.o IIOT II., 04 00..,l.l,0* .1 000,,,M,le POUTii em, .4 l,b,.I,l. O0I$110100 ii t.n.t 0$ 001.flIl,00 P10, o,.,. •., • o., at oo..n..io. i.n.i,loi”ou ± + + + 1-5’ i $g.ghu •, •oi.rIII N..epl..II.n, Illip 4t.lIi•g1101. 11.40 0, slet.,.l. 00.111 Iligil C, .I4II.10 SIght or 41,41,114.11 o., a I g...i.IIp I.. l.IIs4 50.., (lulIlill g,..,.Ii, 11g1 Ilols 0I 111.0 l5..i in :m..0 :.::‘:::.:‘ dilfli 00*5 •00*I.4lp C, *4*4 .10110 .4 ....: . ::::,:‘:, II. dfll.iitd 00.1.04 ii 4.,.ng t,l...d4.,.ng pIll lion, ISIS cliff. 00,14*4 5$ II hiSsed ai,*4 POOl I be., 40 H I ? “ I0fll•Oll.; i..g . pitch.. .‘.‘.‘. :.1:.1:;::. ‘ •,se.,:,III II 1000i* • silo. bel NOT .‘ :‘: mill pO$I ‘ SI $101,.. a, If p1.1 ‘ 4.1.44 •sl, i... a.. s.c ..... s . *‘.4 04’.’ 4.1*4 flu tu_.l beI04 pa, ,,, \\

,, (IN.J (‘N!) 50 ‘I ‘, : : 0141(411 I.sS 0, I 41,1111 41.1111’ UI 0* .•Sl• .. it. . . loll,.,, I.’, 4,.s,lt I ,,0I,0.*. 4 Ml,II,, Mlii 151.111. is.,,., , III*•.tlfI 11,101 II 4, i.nl 00.4.,...;, 5.. P14. 11(51 ‘‘ “4. I i 5111.11 :..:‘‘‘ 01 obsi: • I5,00, :::‘:.::‘ S (oN!) • 60 . . S •• (NJ . * . .. S S : 5 . l,IESm,II.nl,o.n’ iso I C..nI,o.,o. Not Isl.,m, Coal,,u,... ,e,n NOT l.l,,m.ll.$lII.l, NOT a I’IOOI.4 IIlII.144 • II I 1111 I .,o41 I *401 U — 4 $50 1(51 liitI.141 $11401 4, 1,101 IJIUTI 444104 . 45• p 5 rililIf lilt $0. 00.lIl0l.o0 1,1obloI.lI,0$ CUOb$tflhI.0. l4II I 1,51141 00* tint Cl jo.,s.Il,00 II * * * —‘6— ‘_ 70 * * * ** 0 * * * * 0’ IIoIil.4iIIiI,l. l* G,...Ii, t000I.,I0 I,. p.lli. Until 00,11.01 1.11CI thins Co.l,o.o.,. lilt CI *5000 1 CoaI,.,in.IollS .0.5’ I i.iaIlIl.,lI0l •‘ U l0il,l$lllillIIli l.l.,a,ili.IIIIloI I U lion- •lII lIf) ::,.hulhb*40 0 110$.. •t0l *1 i,n,i I iolho.,l 00 1100... 51.411 l I,,ol .4 P II Ibl4510l* •l 1,111 Ii 00.1,101,0. 0011fl Sill.

H,,4,,1.u, II.gllS50$ 11.404 sh..,.IlI 01.011 5ll.p I •fblIlI toll., 10.1 1.1501 •a• Ii lull 11.4141*05 .l100iiltI — ..5llhlt1 •,ib0I 04.4.1.1.0, 014.p,I.* 1I,$i 100.0,151.4 MUdItlIlOll lii. (I, 1010 tiOlSilIli V,oI.nI ,i,n,000,,i$4 510 ills .. isa .1110.1 $1,051 •4 541* •1 nil., 0110.1(1.1 14,0.40150004114.4 .Io..,rb.b ° 90 R]: T’JZ\ •l4 o.. l4.4*l4Il 0, h....I.o Ill1. 00,504 Ii Sill I 0* (I’d and 5*00* 4114,1 1I.gl I sigh *1 m.l1l •li N..op 0.044, II.,,. Tbo’*d.tll.Ia iosI,l04 illoIl 10.10. .ini .0. SI 111111 II 004 flotIlla ‘‘ni 01 011,15 1110$ II 1,0,1 I I.e. Dl,,o.,, 51.5 $1 $ .04,. Ii I \ I....4li0’’°’n I •ill.l1*,I,bei sIll .11000.11 $101.0, 1 ..l0llI,il, 111,05. l$j.4., ucla l1e*4it5oin41ir.iq IhotetiliIo,t*l.l,s$ \ .0I,u*t1o04UIllOI.i1 lh.o4,,5lO,S .1150111 5,.,lbtl..I01 ..ni$40I ,.,S014/0, 111*51 111*41 .It,..ll.0I 000lilollol an.4 ,.l.l 041.i 04.s NOT .40 500.., 001 PlOT p011 lOu, DuSSIlIP \ao,..gp.sslo.,beI • ,,iol0$54I,$t,O* DI $1 .000 01 00. hal .4 00.. *1*1100 1$ I’d soled •.lP Iil.,4., 0$ 1,1.1 .,b$l,.II,o. IllS., 05 ob.,l,.I,o. I,.. CI Cbn,,Il,a. I it t.n.t ci Ill . . CLOUD DESCRI PTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION “ &...*.4 1,... 0 0 (.4., ABBREVIATIOI L CM •45.....• 00.5 — 5 0 (.0. las...j.. F..— S 50 (.1.,

SI or F.-Slrsta.• aS I., - C. , . • sOho r. I ills , ti 0 lIt •l Thl.Aa(n.o.IoItlaadlsy.o..toi. — 1.5 aSCl. at Ashy., SaIls, or F,scloalraF.. £Th dsttlopnaa.l nod •....snlp llsllI..rd It snap.. ‘nil ..ii.,.d and aol

tOnaid,t$blt ..lo,S a., Cool go ThSclAa.g.tst.r pall 5.lIlClI.ll, 0..., Cl in pIltln.s .1 bsIIl.d sts...,s. C, - Cii i lb.. I other C. —V ally SantO,4 sIlk a, a 2 do.;. to rd. asia to, mooni, or Ida .aaslly so. .acrban.nk sOé.ls iIl.S lobs 2 Th or & bases ill astam. Steel 2 rilnilna of (‘b, or bAtty do1.11. This Ac. .sO.lly •.ml.lr.apsr.sI• Cs-CsrrosIraI.i Cb silk laps latliap roar -(SI o.Illn... oil,. (load ,l.o’.r.IS ol clssnap smack aId St Dma. Cs, s.tht-sliap*d •.,s.,d held .1.0.017 .05db storms, anvil. local 3 loon, or a.bNal,d ..tk C. 3 .ilk or .sIlsO..I (‘so. Sc, SI a .iygli ______.lssped. or C., oil,. h0bb-aIl0jsC. giiêislIy spesid C Clirocamohis Thi. Ac on pal cbs., C loaJ ,l.m..la a,., ihA lky and Itasily lhlb..Iog u.dIoi sot ing 4 4 Conliatally changlap tatting 4 •aa.lmld ailnpr.senI also SI Oman snail oat Intl Ac- AIIOCIOIhI Ci lad C.. oil,.,. toaa.41a1 band., ‘ Thi. Ac in bands or ha a layir gradaally (a 01.... goset Alit 05d1A$tS&d.ag and “—“ So no. loomed by ap,.adsn ml at C. 5 5 pr.adsr otto sky and .saallp lIsUk,. 5 (00*1a4 daaStF, I. FOAllINOuSiap.r aol A;- AIIorsP.$ lap a. a .15015 rroctsioo4 4 atilladi Cs sad C., all., I. co..Itgtrg band., al At larns.d by lbs .pr..ding ml of C. 6 Slot F. or bolb.bsoI no Is ol bad arid.,, 6 6 Cs ala.,, g.nisIIl SACrApIIad,ag and 5€- $irIuiimluS goosing d.s *5 r. Ibe *4Ia.jg.io Ia y.r Doable lay.r,d c a. a lhIe Isp.r al Iat..dio,g 45 F. and/or F. at bad ..slh., lsr. Ac, sod lnrr.aslt..g. or Ar silk A. A/or N.- Ns.*rst. 7 7 N. 7 V.sl OSCs a.rr.r4 the IAIIFF dy

Cd andSt ImI lo,..d by .pr..dI,4 sad At Is 115. i’s,. at C...Isaytd 1.11, or Ac Csnalo.c,.a,,.sè&sjs4*d.,,i., Cu or sIlk 8 adC.l •llb baa.. N dslI.,.N 1,5.1. 8 balboa —. ..S. •n100r aS, at rr.cloc’.moh. H Ar ol a 0.solic sly, aaaally ni dilftr,.l Cl ha.iog $ el.a.ly (Sb,... lcIo.da,asI Cr ala., a. Cc slIts A.*s ts 1.1 ltn.la, Pllrhti at d.n. Cs so. .sa.llp s.c.. Cb-CIsmoioml.he. lap, Ott.. .se.l..bap.d. silk •, sIlln.al lbs Cc b.s.I its, InStil cilihi* no.4 y (3 C. Sc. SI, Or Scad 5,055* .5.0 9

HEIGHT HEIGHT COVERAGE0 COVERAGEO TIME OF IN FEET IN METERS N SKY SKY tApproismatet (blat Amounli Nh (Low And/Or MiddI, Cioutlal

No Precipitation 0- 149 0 - 49 No Cioudi 0 No clouds L..s than I hour Less than one-tenth Less than one-tenti ISO - 299 SO - 99 ago or one-tenth or one-tenth Two - tenthsor Two-tenths or Ito 2 houri ago 300 - 599 100 - 199 three. tenths 2 three-tenths

2 to 3 hoursago - Four-tenths Four .tenths 600 - 999 200 299 3

3 to4 hours - FIve-tenth. Five-tenth. ago 1.000 1.999 300 - 599 4

4 toS hours ago Six-tent Six-tenths 2.000 - 3.499 600 - 999 hi 5 Seven-tenths oi Seven—tenths or - 5 to6 hours ago 3.500 - 4.999 1.000 - 1.499 eight -tenths 6 eight -tenth4 Nine.ienths hours Nine-tenthsor over or ovt 61o 12 ago 5000 - 6.499 1.500 - 1.999 0 C3$I with openings 7 CaSt wsIl opefling4 More than 12 6.500 - 7.999 2.000 - 2.499 Completely overcast 8 Completely nvercSt hours ago . At or above At or above Unknown 8.000. or no 2.500. or no Sky obscured 9 Sky obscured clouds ClolliS 1. Placea decimal to the left o the EuNATION OFSTATiONSYMBOU point ANDMAPENTRIES lastnumber. For example.in the sample plotted report above.24’ becomes24.. N Sky 2. Next, placeeither a 9 or a 10rn front Uo coverageCrotalamounrsee 6 block the left of the first digit;. Thus 24.” be either 924.7mb dd True direction from comes or 1024.” nib. which wind is blow- ing 3. To determine whether to placea 0 or a If Wind 10in front of the first digit. 1ollo the speedin knotsor miles hour— see block 9 per rule statednext. If the number falls between vV Visibility in miles cooand 99.9. placea 9 beforethe first digit. Present wearher..see block 8 If the number falls between 00.0 and w Past wearher__.see block Ii 55.9. placea 10beforethe first pPP barometric digit. pressure in nijijibars reduced Thus 24.7 would be 1024.7mb. to sea level. To decodebarometnc pres TI’ Current air temperaturein Fahrenheit sure. follow the steps listed here Nh Fractionof sky coveredby low or mid dle clouds—seeblock 7 CL Low clouds or clouds of vertical devel opment—seeblock 3 h Height in feet of the baseof the lowest clouds—seeblock 5 CM Middle clouds—seeblock 3 CH High clouds—seeblock 3 TdTd Dew-point temperaturein Fahrenheit a Pressuretendency—seeblock 10 pp Pressure change (in millibars) in preced ing 3 hours (+28 +2.8 mb) RR Amount of precipitation (45 = 0.45 inch) R Time precipitation beganor ended—see block 4

SYMBOLIC STATION SAMPLE PLOTTED MODEL REPORT

/ 3\(2 TTddCMPPP 47 VVww” ±ppo 3/4** +28/ Ti CLNhWRt 30---6 ..4 hRR 245